{"title":"Physical Therapy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eEquip your clinic, athletic training room, or home recovery space with professional \u003cstrong\u003ephysical therapy and rehabilitation equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e from Omaha Sports \u0026amp; Games. Our collection includes clinical-grade traction tables like the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/products\/chattanooga-triton-6e-dts-hi-lo-traction-table-90-5-x-37-x-31-black\"\u003eChattanooga Triton 6E Hi-Lo\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/products\/cando-floor-mounted-parallel-bars-height-width-adjustable-7\"\u003eadjustable parallel bars\u003c\/a\u003e, gait trainers such as the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/products\/dynamic-stair-trainer-8000-adjustable-step-height-rehab-staircase\"\u003eDynamic Stair Trainer 8000\u003c\/a\u003e, and continuous passive motion (CPM) machines like the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/products\/kinetec-spectra-dc-knee-cpm-machine\"\u003eKinetec Spectra knee CPM\u003c\/a\u003e. You’ll also find therapeutic modalities, including \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/products\/mettler-sonicator-740-x-portable-dual-frequency-ultrasound-with-3-applicators\"\u003eultrasound therapy units\u003c\/a\u003e, electrotherapy stimulators, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/products\/zimmer-enpuls-pro-radial-pulse-shockwave-therapy-device\"\u003eradial shockwave devices\u003c\/a\u003e, and cold compression systems like the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/products\/game-ready-pro-2-1-cold-compression-therapy-system\"\u003eGame Ready Pro 2.1\u003c\/a\u003e, plus hand therapy staples like \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/products\/theraputty-exercise-putty-set-6-pieces-5-pound-full-resistance-range\"\u003eTheraPutty\u003c\/a\u003e. We carry trusted brands like Chattanooga, Zimmer, Mettler, Kinetec, and CanDo. You can round out a complete recovery program with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/collections\/cold-plunge-tubs\"\u003ecold plunge tubs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/collections\/red-light-therapy\"\u003ered light therapy\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/collections\/massage-chairs\"\u003emassage chairs\u003c\/a\u003e from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/collections\/wellness-recovery\"\u003eWellness \u0026amp; Recovery\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact our experts\u003c\/a\u003e for help outfitting your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"game-ready-pro-2-1-cold-compression-therapy-system","title":"Game Ready Pro 2.1 Cold \u0026 Compression Therapy System","description":"\u003ch1\u003eGame Ready Pro 2.1 Cold \u0026amp; Compression Therapy System\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Game Ready GRPro 2.1 is the gold standard in active cold and compression therapy, trusted by thousands of physicians, physical therapists, and professional sports teams around the world. Built on flexible garment technology originally developed by NASA to regulate body temperature in space, this system delivers simultaneous ice therapy and pneumatic compression through one intuitive, portable control unit. Whether you are recovering from surgery, managing a musculoskeletal injury, or pushing your body through elite athletic training, the GRPro 2.1 meets the demands of serious recovery.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe control unit rapidly circulates ice water through compatible wraps while applying cyclical compression - a clinically proven combination that reduces pain and swelling, slows cellular metabolism to minimize tissue damage, and actively stimulates natural healing. The result is faster, deeper recovery than passive ice packs or basic compression alone can provide. With wraps available for virtually every body part from head to toe, the GRPro 2.1 is a complete recovery solution for athletes, patients, and clinicians alike.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCombined Cold \u0026amp; Compression Therapy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simultaneously delivers active cold and pneumatic compression for clinically proven, evidence-based efficacy that outperforms passive ice packs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Compression - 3 Levels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose High (5-75 mm Hg), Medium (5-50 mm Hg), or Low (5-15 mm Hg) cyclical pneumatic compression, or disable compression entirely for cold-only therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Set-Point Cold:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delivers consistent cold therapy between 35°F and 50°F across the entire wrap surface for uniform cooling and patient comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNASA-Derived Garment Technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed from the same flexible wrap technology NASA used to control astronaut body temperatures - ensuring consistent, circumferential contact with the treatment area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Control Unit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact and easy to carry, the control unit can be used anywhere - at home, in a clinic, or on the sideline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-Body Wrap Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with a wide range of anatomical wraps covering knees, shoulders, hips, ankles, back, elbows, hands, full legs, and more (wraps sold separately).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions: 7.5\" W x 16\" L x 7.75\" H\u003c\/strong\u003e with a weight of just 7.3 lbs (empty) - easy to store and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Warranty on Control Unit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Game Ready covers the control unit with a limited two-year warranty. Wrap heat exchangers are covered by a limited one-year warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrusted by Professionals:\u003c\/strong\u003e Used by teams in virtually every major professional sport, as well as hospitals, physical therapy clinics, and veterinary practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSA\/FSA Eligible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Qualifies for purchase using health savings or flexible spending account funds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold and Compression Control Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAC Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6-Foot Connector Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelcome Packet (User Manual and system information)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Game Ready GRPro 2.1 is the recovery tool that athletes, surgeons, and physical therapists have relied on for years - and for good reason. Its clinically proven combination of cold and compression therapy does what no ice pack can: it actively circulates cold water while simultaneously applying rhythmic compression, accelerating the body's natural healing response. Patients recovering from knee replacement, shoulder surgery, or sports injuries consistently report reduced pain and faster return to activity when using the Game Ready system.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nWhether you are a coach outfitting a training room, a physical therapist looking to maximize patient throughput, or an individual athlete serious about recovery, the GRPro 2.1 delivers professional-grade therapy with an easy-to-use interface. It is compact enough to use at home but powerful enough for clinical and sideline use. With wrap options for every major joint and body region, this system grows with your recovery needs. Invest in the device that professionals trust - and experience the difference active cold and compression therapy makes.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5\" W x 16\" L x 7.75\" H (19cm W x 40.6cm L x 19.7cm H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (Empty)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.3 lbs (3.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose Connections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCold Therapy Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35°F to 50°F (with reservoir full of ice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompression - High\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 to 75 mm Hg (~2-3 min inflation \/ 1 min deflation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompression - Medium\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 to 50 mm Hg (~2-3 min inflation \/ 1 min deflation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompression - Low\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 to 15 mm Hg (~4-5 min inflation \/ 1 min deflation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl Unit Warranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLimited 2-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWrap Heat Exchanger Warranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLimited 1-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHSA\/FSA Eligible\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Game_Ready_GRPro_2.1_Cold_Compression_Therapy_Device.pdf?v=1789146425\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Game Ready Grpro 2.1 Cold Compression Therapy Device\"\u003eGame Ready Grpro 2.1 Cold Compression Therapy Device\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo wraps come included with the GRPro 2.1 system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - the GRPro 2.1 system includes the control unit, AC adapter, power cord, and 6-foot connector hose only. Anatomical wraps for the knee, shoulder, hip, ankle, back, elbow, and other body parts are sold separately. You can add wraps at the time of purchase or buy them later as your needs evolve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does Game Ready compare to a basic ice pack or ice bath?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eGame Ready goes well beyond passive icing. Unlike a static ice pack, the GRPro 2.1 actively circulates cold water through the wrap to maintain a consistent temperature across the entire treatment area. At the same time, it applies cyclical pneumatic compression, which helps reduce swelling and stimulates lymphatic drainage. The result is faster, deeper cooling and more comprehensive therapeutic benefit - which is why it is the preferred choice of professional sports teams, orthopedic surgeons, and physical therapists worldwide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Game Ready system easy to set up and use at home?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The GRPro 2.1 is designed to be intuitive for home users as well as clinical professionals. The unit powers on with standard AC power, and you simply fill the reservoir with ice and water, attach your wrap via the connector hose, select your compression level, and begin treatment. The included Welcome Packet and user manual walk you through setup step by step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long should I use the Game Ready system per session?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eSession duration varies based on the injury, stage of recovery, and clinical guidance. Most physical therapists recommend sessions of 20 to 30 minutes for acute injuries and post-surgical recovery. Always follow the guidance of your healthcare provider, and refer to the included user manual for safe use guidelines specific to your condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the GRPro 2.1 be used for veterinary purposes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the Game Ready system is also widely used in veterinary medicine, particularly for equine rehabilitation. The system's adjustable compression and cold therapy settings make it adaptable for use on horses and other animals under veterinary supervision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the warranty and return policy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Game Ready control unit is covered by a limited two-year warranty. The dual-action heat exchangers in all wraps carry a limited one-year warranty. To activate warranty coverage, products must be registered on Game Ready's website after purchase. Returns are accepted on defective or unused units only; restocking and shipping fees may apply. Please contact us with any questions before returning a product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Game Ready","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228145725745,"sku":"13-2500","price":3137.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/game-ready-grpro-2-1-cold-and-compression-therapy-unit.jpg?v=1789146430"},{"product_id":"game-ready-med4-elite-multi-modality-contrast-compression-therapy-unit","title":"Game Ready Med4 Elite Multi-Modality Contrast \u0026 Compression Therapy Unit","description":"\u003ch1\u003eGame Ready Med4 Elite Multi-Modality Contrast \u0026amp; Compression Therapy Unit\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Game Ready Med4 Elite is a professional-grade, multi-modality recovery system designed for clinical settings, athletic training rooms, and physical therapy facilities. It delivers four distinct therapy modes - cold, heat, rapid contrast, and compression-only - for up to two patients simultaneously, making it one of the most versatile recovery units available. The device generates its own cold down to 38°F (3°C) and heat up to 113°F (45°C), eliminating the need for ice or external water sources.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Controlled through an intuitive touchscreen interface, the Med4 Elite allows clinicians to precisely manage treatment times, temperature ranges, and compression levels for each patient independently. With a hot-to-cold changeover time of under one minute, it enables true rapid contrast therapy without messy tubs or gravity-dependent systems. This is the system trusted by elite sports medicine professionals and recovery clinics demanding the highest standard of care.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour Therapy Modalities:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delivers cold, heat, rapid contrast, and compression-only therapy - all from a single integrated unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Patient Capability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treat up to two patients simultaneously with independently adjustable settings for each session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIceless Cold Therapy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Generates cold down to 38°F (3°C) without ice - cleaner, more consistent cryotherapy with no mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControllable Heat Therapy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produces heat up to 113°F (45°C) with or without compression for thermotherapy applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRapid Contrast Therapy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Achieves a hot-to-cold changeover in under one minute, independent of gravity and without tubs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActive Intermittent Compression:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented IPC (Intermittent Pneumatic Compression) with 4 levels ranging from 5-75 mmHg, adjustable per modality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouchscreen Computer Interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intuitive controls for managing temperature, therapy time, cycle times, and compression levels with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented Dual-Action Wrap Technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with Game Ready's full line of anatomically designed wraps delivering simultaneous cold and compression from head to toe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions: 32.5\" L x 24.75\" W x 43\" H \/ Weight: 172 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sturdy yet mobile unit with 4 lockable wheels and 2 hose connection ports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFDA-Regulated Prescription Device:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for authorized medical professionals, ensuring clinical-grade safety and compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMed4 Elite Multi-Modality Therapy Control Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 hose connections with 2 holsters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Med4 Elite represents the pinnacle of recovery technology, trusted by professional sports organizations, elite training facilities, and clinical practices nationwide. Its ability to consolidate cold, heat, contrast, and compression therapy into a single device streamlines treatment workflows and reduces the need for multiple pieces of equipment. The iceless design and rapid contrast changeover mean clinicians can deliver consistent, repeatable therapy sessions without the hassle of ice management or manual temperature monitoring.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built to handle the demands of high-volume clinical use, the Med4 Elite is engineered for years of dependable performance in the most demanding environments. Whether you're managing post-surgical recovery, treating acute athletic injuries, or running a busy sports medicine practice, this unit gives you the precision and flexibility to deliver the best possible outcomes. Invest in a system that works as hard as you do - and keeps your patients coming back faster, stronger, and more confident.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.5\" L x 24.75\" W x 43\" H (83cm L x 63cm W x 109cm H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e172 lbs (78 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCold Temperature Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDown to 38°F (3°C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeat Temperature Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 113°F (45°C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompression Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-75 mmHg (4 levels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompression Levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow, Medium-Low, Medium, High\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContrast Changeover Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess than 1 minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose Connections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 ports, 2 holsters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (lockable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePatients Supported\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2 simultaneously\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTherapy Modes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold, Heat, Rapid Contrast, Compression-Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRegulatory Status\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFDA-regulated prescription medical device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl Interface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouchscreen computer interface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Med4 Elite available to purchase without a prescription?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Med4 Elite is an FDA-regulated prescription medical device and should only be obtained through authorized sellers or designated healthcare professionals. Please reach out to us at service@omahasportsandgames.com to confirm purchasing eligibility and requirements for your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Med4 Elite treat two patients with different therapy settings at the same time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Med4 Elite is designed as a dual-patient system. Each patient's session can be independently configured with its own temperature settings, therapy duration, and compression level - allowing two patients to receive entirely different treatments simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Med4 Elite require ice or an external water supply?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo. The Med4 Elite generates its own cold therapy internally, down to 38°F (3°C), with no ice required. This makes it cleaner, more consistent, and far easier to manage in a clinical or training room environment compared to traditional ice-based systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat wraps are compatible with the Med4 Elite?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Med4 Elite is compatible with Game Ready's full line of dual-action anatomical wraps, which are designed to deliver simultaneous cold and compression therapy. Wraps are available for virtually every body part from head to toe, including knees, shoulders, hips, ankles, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the Med4 Elite delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eDue to its size (32.5\" x 24.75\" x 43\") and weight (172 lbs), the Med4 Elite typically ships via freight on a pallet. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com to discuss delivery logistics, access requirements, and any white-glove delivery options that may be available in your area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is rapid contrast therapy and why is it beneficial?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eRapid contrast therapy alternates between hot and cold therapy in quick succession to stimulate circulation, reduce inflammation, and accelerate recovery. The Med4 Elite achieves a full temperature changeover in under one minute - far faster than traditional methods involving tubs or ice baths - delivering cleaner, more controlled contrast therapy that's easier to manage for both patient and clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Game Ready","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228146446641,"sku":"13-2501","price":26048.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/med4-elite-main.jpg?v=1789146440"},{"product_id":"theraputty-exercise-putty-set-6-pieces-5-pound-full-resistance-range","title":"TheraPutty Exercise Putty Set - 6 Pieces, 5 Pound, Full Resistance Range","description":"\u003ch1\u003eTheraPutty Exercise Putty Set - 6 Pieces, 5 Pound, Full Resistance Range\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The TheraPutty Exercise Putty Set is the gold standard in resistive hand exercise material, trusted by therapists, clinics, and hospitals across the country. This 5-pound, 6-piece set includes one container each of Tan, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, and Black putty, covering the full spectrum of resistance levels from XX-Soft all the way to Extra-Firm. Each color-coded putty delivers a distinct consistency, allowing therapists and patients to progress systematically through resistance levels as strength improves.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Ideal for hand therapy programs, post-injury rehabilitation, and grip strengthening in clinical or home settings, this comprehensive set provides everything needed to address a wide range of patient needs. The putty is gluten-free, latex-free, and casein-free, making it safe for patients with common sensitivities. The larger 5-pound containers are designed for hospital and clinic use, offering excellent value and long-lasting supply for high-volume therapy environments.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-Piece Full Resistance Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes Tan, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, and Black - covering every resistance level from XX-Soft to Extra-Firm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor-Coded Resistance System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each color corresponds to a specific resistance level, making it easy to track patient progress and prescribe appropriate difficulty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-Pound Clinic Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large 5 lb. containers are ideal for hospitals, clinics, and therapy facilities with ongoing, high-volume use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten, Latex, and Casein Free:\u003c\/strong\u003e Safe for patients with common allergen sensitivities - no compromises on patient safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Greasy Formula:\u003c\/strong\u003e Retains a clean, non-greasy feel for comfortable, extended therapy sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide Range of Applications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Effective for grip strengthening, pinch strengthening, finger flexion and extension, and general hand rehabilitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustry Standard Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e CanDo TheraPutty is the recognized benchmark for resistive hand exercise putty used by occupational and physical therapists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by a 1-year manufacturer warranty for added confidence in your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\" x 7\" x 7\" - compact enough for a therapy room shelf or storage cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x Tan Putty - XX-Soft resistance (5 lb. container)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x Yellow Putty - X-Soft resistance (5 lb. container)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x Red Putty - Soft resistance (5 lb. container)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x Green Putty - Medium resistance (5 lb. container)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x Blue Putty - Firm resistance (5 lb. container)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x Black Putty - Extra-Firm resistance (5 lb. container)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  TheraPutty has earned its reputation as the industry standard in hand therapy putty, and this 6-piece clinic set is the most complete package available. Whether you're outfitting a new occupational therapy suite or restocking a well-worn rehabilitation department, this set delivers consistency and reliability that therapists depend on every day. The full resistance range means you'll never be caught without the right level for a patient, from the most delicate post-surgical recovery to aggressive strength-building programs. The allergen-free formula reflects a commitment to patient safety without sacrificing performance or feel. Built for the demands of daily clinical use, this set is trusted by therapy professionals in facilities nationwide and represents exceptional long-term value for any practice investing in quality patient care tools.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTheraPutty (CanDo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 lb. per color (6 containers)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTan, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResistance Levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXX-Soft through Extra-Firm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\" L x 7\" W x 7\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExercise Putty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAllergen Info\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGluten-free, Latex-free, Casein-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturers Part Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-1485\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the resistance range covered by this set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis 6-piece set covers the full resistance spectrum: Tan (XX-Soft), Yellow (X-Soft), Red (Soft), Green (Medium), Blue (Firm), and Black (Extra-Firm). This makes it suitable for patients at any stage of hand therapy or grip rehabilitation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs TheraPutty safe for patients with allergies?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. TheraPutty exercise putty is gluten-free, latex-free, and casein-free, making it appropriate for patients with many common sensitivities. Always check with individual patients about specific allergen concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this set intended for clinical use or home use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe 5-pound containers in this set are specifically designed for hospital and clinic use where volume and longevity matter. For individual home patients, TheraPutty is also available in smaller 2 oz., 3 oz., 4 oz., and 6 oz. containers that are easier to manage independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should TheraPutty be stored to maintain its consistency?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eTheraPutty should be stored in its original sealed containers at room temperature, away from direct sunlight and heat sources. Keeping the lids tightly closed after each use will help prevent the putty from drying out and maintain its intended consistency over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan TheraPutty be shared between patients?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eFor infection control purposes, it is generally recommended that each patient have their own putty, especially in clinical settings. If you need an option with additional antimicrobial protection, TheraPutty is also available in a Plus Antimicrobial formula that resists the growth of odor-causing microbes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"TheraPutty","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228162044209,"sku":"10-1485","price":799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/FA1_10-1485_86a9b0c9-080f-474d-8bc4-da2a585e5abd.webp?v=1789146568"},{"product_id":"theraputty-plus-antimicrobial-exercise-putty-5-lb-set-of-6","title":"TheraPutty Plus Antimicrobial Exercise Putty 5 lb - Set of 6","description":"\u003ch1\u003eTheraPutty Plus Antimicrobial Exercise Putty 5 lb - Set of 6\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nTheraPutty Plus Antimicrobial Exercise Putty is a professional-grade hand and finger rehabilitation tool trusted by therapists, clinics, and rehabilitation centers nationwide. This complete set of 6 includes one 5-pound container of each resistance level - from tan (extra soft) through black (extra firm) - giving therapists and patients a full progressive resistance program in a single purchase. The antimicrobial formula is specially designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria, making it ideal for shared clinical environments where hygiene is a top priority.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nEach color-coded putty is formulated to provide a consistent, reliable resistance that supports hand strengthening, fine motor skill development, and post-injury rehabilitation. Whether you're equipping a physical therapy clinic, occupational therapy office, or home rehabilitation setup, this set delivers everything needed to build a complete, evidence-based hand therapy program from one convenient package.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntimicrobial Formula:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inhibits bacterial growth on the putty surface - ideal for multi-patient clinical use and shared therapy settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Resistance Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes all 6 resistance levels in one set - tan (extra soft), yellow (soft), red (medium), green (firm), blue (extra firm), and black (xx-firm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 Pounds Per Container:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each of the 6 containers holds a full 5 lbs of putty, providing ample material for repeated therapeutic exercises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor-Coded Resistances:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear color coding makes it easy for therapists and patients to track progression and select the correct resistance level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand \u0026amp; Finger Rehabilitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for strengthening, stretching, and improving dexterity following injury, surgery, or neurological conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Toxic \u0026amp; Safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e Formulated to be safe for regular therapeutic use in clinical and home environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgressive Therapy Program:\u003c\/strong\u003e Six resistance levels support a structured, progressive approach to hand rehabilitation from very gentle to highly challenging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Grade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trusted by occupational and physical therapists for quality and consistent performance across sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5 lb Tan (Extra Soft) TheraPutty Plus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5 lb Yellow (Soft) TheraPutty Plus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5 lb Red (Medium) TheraPutty Plus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5 lb Green (Firm) TheraPutty Plus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5 lb Blue (Extra Firm) TheraPutty Plus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5 lb Black (XX-Firm) TheraPutty Plus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThis TheraPutty Plus set is the go-to choice for therapists who want a complete, clinic-ready hand rehabilitation solution without the hassle of sourcing individual resistance levels separately. The antimicrobial protection adds a meaningful layer of hygiene safety that makes a real difference in busy clinical environments where putty is passed between patients. Built to the same professional standards that therapists have relied on for decades, TheraPutty Plus delivers consistent, predictable resistance that patients and practitioners can count on session after session. The generous 5-pound containers ensure you won't be running out mid-program, and the full range of six resistance levels means you can guide any patient - from post-surgical recovery to elite athlete reconditioning - through a complete progressive therapy plan. If you're building or restocking a therapy practice, this set covers all the bases in one straightforward purchase.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Per Container\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Containers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResistance Levels Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTan, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAntimicrobial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the six resistance levels included in this set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe set includes one 5-pound container of each of the following resistance levels: Tan (Extra Soft), Yellow (Soft), Red (Medium), Green (Firm), Blue (Extra Firm), and Black (XX-Firm). This full range allows for a complete progressive hand therapy program from the gentlest to the most challenging resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"antimicrobial\" mean for exercise putty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe antimicrobial formula in TheraPutty Plus is designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria on the surface of the putty. This is especially important in clinical settings where multiple patients may use the same putty, helping to maintain a more hygienic environment between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs TheraPutty Plus suitable for home use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAbsolutely. While TheraPutty Plus is professional-grade and widely used in clinical settings, it is equally well-suited for home rehabilitation programs. Many therapists prescribe it for patients to use between sessions to continue their progress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan TheraPutty be used for conditions other than hand injuries?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. TheraPutty is commonly used for a wide range of therapeutic applications including strengthening after hand or wrist surgery, improving grip strength, developing fine motor skills, managing arthritis symptoms, and supporting neurological rehabilitation such as post-stroke therapy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should TheraPutty Plus be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eStore TheraPutty Plus in its original sealed container at room temperature. Keeping the lid tightly closed between uses will help prevent the putty from drying out and extend its usable life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"TheraPutty","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228162142513,"sku":"10-2656","price":949.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/FA1_10-2655.webp?v=1789392431"},{"product_id":"theraputty-scented-exercise-putty-5-lb-4-piece-set","title":"TheraPutty Scented Exercise Putty 5 lb 4-Piece Set","description":"\u003ch1\u003eTheraPutty Scented Exercise Putty 5 lb 4-Piece Set\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  TheraPutty Scented Exercise Putty is a trusted therapeutic tool designed for hand and finger strengthening, rehabilitation, and fine motor skill development. This 4-piece set includes one 5 lb container each of vanilla, cherry, banana, and apple scented putty, making therapy sessions more engaging and enjoyable for patients of all ages. Each scent is paired with a distinct color - tan (vanilla), yellow (banana), red (cherry), and green (apple) - helping therapists and users quickly identify and differentiate resistances or varieties.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether used in clinical rehab settings, occupational therapy, or at-home hand exercise routines, TheraPutty delivers consistent, reliable resistance for a wide range of therapeutic applications. The pleasant scents add a sensory element that can be especially beneficial for pediatric patients and individuals with sensory processing needs.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-Piece Scented Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes one 5 lb container each of vanilla, cherry, banana, and apple scents for variety in therapy sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor-Coded Containers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tan, yellow, red, and green colors help therapists and users quickly distinguish each putty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 lb Per Container:\u003c\/strong\u003e Generous 5 lb quantity per scent provides ample supply for clinical or extended home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTherapeutic Hand Strengthening:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for grip strength, finger dexterity, and fine motor rehabilitation exercises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensory Engagement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pleasant food-grade scents make therapy more motivating, particularly for pediatric and sensory-focused applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for occupational therapy, physical therapy, post-injury rehabilitation, and daily hand exercise routines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePliable and Consistent Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintains reliable resistance and workability over repeated use sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x 5 lb Vanilla Scented Putty (Tan)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x 5 lb Cherry Scented Putty (Red)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x 5 lb Banana Scented Putty (Yellow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x 5 lb Apple Scented Putty (Green)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  TheraPutty has been a go-to choice for occupational and physical therapists for years, trusted in clinics, schools, and home therapy programs nationwide. The scented variety set adds a fun, sensory-rich dimension that keeps patients motivated and engaged throughout their exercises. With a full 5 lbs per scent, this set is built for high-volume clinical environments where supply continuity matters. The clear color-coding makes it effortless to organize and distribute the correct putty for each patient or exercise. Whether you're supporting post-surgical hand recovery, pediatric fine motor development, or everyday grip maintenance, this set delivers consistent quality and performance you can count on session after session.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet Includes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pieces (vanilla, cherry, banana, apple)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Per Container\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 lb (4 x 5 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTan, Red, Yellow, Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-2797\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat is TheraPutty used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eTheraPutty is used for hand and finger strengthening, fine motor skill development, and rehabilitation exercises. It is commonly used in occupational therapy, physical therapy, and post-injury recovery programs. It can also be used at home as part of a daily hand exercise routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eAre the scents strong or subtle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe scents are designed to be pleasant and noticeable without being overwhelming. They add a positive sensory element to therapy sessions, which can be especially helpful for engaging younger patients or those with sensory processing needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDo the different scents represent different resistance levels?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIn this particular set, the four scents (vanilla, cherry, banana, and apple) are color-coded for easy identification. Please refer to the product documentation or contact us to confirm whether the colors in this set correspond to specific resistance levels, as TheraPutty products sometimes use color to denote resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow should TheraPutty be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eTheraPutty should be stored in its original airtight container when not in use, kept at room temperature, and away from direct sunlight or extreme heat. Proper storage helps maintain its texture, consistency, and scent over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this set appropriate for pediatric use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, the scented variety makes this set particularly well-suited for pediatric occupational therapy settings. The fun scents and colors can help make hand exercises more engaging and enjoyable for children during therapeutic activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"TheraPutty","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228165550385,"sku":"10-2797","price":699.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/FA1_10-2797.webp?v=1789392595"},{"product_id":"skillbuilders-therapy-kit-foam-wedge-roll-half-roll-set","title":"Skillbuilders Therapy Kit - Foam Wedge, Roll \u0026 Half Roll Set","description":"\u003ch1\u003eSkillbuilders Therapy Kit - Foam Wedge, Roll \u0026amp; Half Roll Set\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Skillbuilders Therapy Kit is a comprehensive positioning and vestibular therapy set designed for therapists, caregivers, educators, and families working with individuals who need structured sensory and postural support. Each kit includes a carefully selected combination of a wedge, roll, and half roll - giving you the essential tools for a wide range of therapeutic positioning techniques. The foam pieces are built with heavy-duty construction to withstand the rigors of daily clinical or home use, while the tough, washable covers make disinfecting between sessions quick and easy.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Available in three sizes, these kits scale to meet the needs of smaller pediatric clients all the way up to larger therapeutic setups requiring multiple pieces. Whether you're outfitting a therapy office, special education classroom, or home gym, the Skillbuilders Therapy Kit delivers professional-grade positioning support without complexity.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree Kit Sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose from Kit 1, Kit 2, or Kit 3 to match the size and complexity of therapy needs - from compact single-piece combos to full five-piece sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Foam Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vestibular wedges and rolls are made with dense, durable foam that holds its shape under repeated therapeutic use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWashable, Tough Outer Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cover is easy to wipe down and disinfect between clients - essential for multi-use clinical and classroom environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Wedge, Roll \u0026amp; Half Roll:\u003c\/strong\u003e All kits come with at least one wedge, one roll, and one half roll for versatile positioning support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraded Incline Angles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wedges are available at 11, 16, 17, and 22 degree inclines depending on the kit, supporting a range of postural and sensory therapy protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVestibular Therapy Ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolls and half rolls are sized and shaped for sensory integration, balance, and vestibular stimulation exercises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Multiple Settings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for use in therapy offices, classrooms, gyms, and home environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit 3 Expands to Five Pieces:\u003c\/strong\u003e The largest kit includes two wedges, two rolls, and one half roll - providing maximum flexibility for complex therapy programs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Options \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit 1 (3 pieces):\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes one compact wedge (20 x 22 x 6\" with 11 degree incline), one roll (24L x 8D), and one half roll (6 x 24 with 4.5\" elevation). Best for smaller clients or therapists starting with core positioning tools in a home or small office setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit 2 (3 pieces):\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes one larger wedge (24 x 26 x 12\" with 22 degree incline), one roll (36L x 10D), and one half roll (8 x 30 with 6\" elevation). A step up in size and incline angle - well suited for older pediatric or adult clients requiring greater postural support and lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit 3 (5 pieces):\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes two wedges (20 x 22 x 6\" at 16 degrees and 24 x 26 x 10\" at 17 degrees), two rolls (24L x 8D and 48L x 16D), and one half roll (8 x 30 with 6\" elevation). The most comprehensive option, ideal for professional therapy clinics or specialized classrooms that need maximum versatility across multiple clients or therapy techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit 1:\u003c\/strong\u003e One Wedge (20 x 22 x 6\" with 11 degree incline), One Roll (24L x 8D), One Half Roll (6 x 24 with 4.5\" elevation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit 2:\u003c\/strong\u003e One Wedge (24 x 26 x 12\" with 22 degree incline), One Roll (36L x 10D), One Half Roll (8 x 30 with 6\" elevation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two Wedges (20 x 22 x 6\" at 16 degree incline and 24 x 26 x 10\" at 17 degree incline), Two Rolls (24L x 8D and 48L x 16D), One Half Roll (8 x 30 with 6\" elevation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Skillbuilders Therapy Kit is trusted by occupational therapists, physical therapists, and special education professionals who need reliable, multi-purpose positioning tools they can count on session after session. The heavy-duty foam core won't compress or lose its shape over time, making this a smart long-term investment for any therapy program. The washable covers eliminate downtime between clients, keeping your space hygienic and compliant without extra effort. With three kit sizes to choose from, you're not guessing - you're selecting the exact combination that fits your therapy approach and your client's needs. Whether you're supporting sensory integration, vestibular development, or postural positioning, these kits deliver consistent, professional results. Built for busy clinical environments but equally at home in a classroom or family therapy space, the Skillbuilders Therapy Kit is a practical, dependable staple for any therapeutic toolkit.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 1 - Wedge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 L x 22 W x 6\" H with 11 degree incline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 1 - Roll\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24L x 8\" D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 1 - Half Roll\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 W x 24 L with 4.5\" elevation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 1 - Pieces\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pieces total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 2 - Wedge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 L x 26 W x 12\" H with 22 degree incline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 2 - Roll\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36L x 10\" D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 2 - Half Roll\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 W x 30 L with 6\" elevation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 2 - Pieces\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pieces total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 3 - Wedge 1\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 L x 22 W x 6\" H with 16 degree incline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 3 - Wedge 2\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 L x 26 W x 10\" H with 17 degree incline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 3 - Roll 1\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24L x 8\" D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 3 - Roll 2\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48L x 16\" D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 3 - Half Roll\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 W x 30 L with 6\" elevation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit 3 - Pieces\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 pieces total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoam Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty vestibular foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTough, washable, and easy to disinfect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo assembly required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard ground shipping; delivered to a physical address (no P.O. Boxes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/AS_Virtual_Catalog_-_2025.pdf?v=1789147288\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Virtual Look Book\"\u003eVirtual Look Book\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/AS_Home_Mod_Gallery_1.pdf?v=1789147292\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Modification Gallery\"\u003eModification Gallery\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between Kit 1, Kit 2, and Kit 3?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eKit 1 and Kit 2 each include 3 pieces (one wedge, one roll, and one half roll), but Kit 2 features larger dimensions and a steeper incline angle. Kit 3 is the most comprehensive option with 5 pieces - two wedges, two rolls, and one half roll - designed for therapists who need maximum versatility across multiple clients or therapy techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean and disinfect the therapy foam pieces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe covers on all Skillbuilders Therapy Kit pieces are designed to be tough and washable. Simply wipe down with an appropriate disinfectant solution between uses. This makes them well suited for multi-client clinical environments, classrooms, and shared therapy spaces where hygiene is a priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these kits appropriate for both children and adults?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. Kit 1 is best suited for smaller or younger clients, while Kit 2 and Kit 3 scale up in size to accommodate older pediatric and adult clients. Your therapist can help determine which kit best suits the individual's size and therapeutic goals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat types of therapy are these kits used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Skillbuilders Therapy Kits are commonly used for vestibular therapy, sensory integration, postural positioning, balance training, and physical or occupational therapy exercises. They are also popular in special education classrooms and home therapy programs supervised by a licensed therapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo the kits require any assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo assembly is required. The foam pieces arrive ready to use right out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I purchase individual pieces instead of a full kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe wedges, rolls, and half rolls are also available individually from Skill Builders if you need to replace a single piece or supplement an existing set. Contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we can help you find the right individual components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Skillbuilders Wedges","offers":[{"title":"Kit 1","offer_id":56228243636529,"sku":"30-0990","price":775.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Kit 2","offer_id":56228243669297,"sku":"30-0991","price":1375.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Kit 3","offer_id":56228243702065,"sku":"30-0992","price":2325.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Skillbuilderstherapistkit.jpg?v=1789147296"},{"product_id":"relief-pak-cold-pack-chilling-unit-upright-front-loading-4-3-cu-ft","title":"Relief Pak Cold Pack Chilling Unit - Upright Front-Loading, 4.3 Cu. Ft.","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRelief Pak Cold Pack Chilling Unit - Upright Front-Loading, 4.3 Cu. Ft.\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Relief Pak Cold Pack Chilling Unit is a professional-grade freezer designed to keep cold packs at the ready for immediate therapeutic use. Built for athletic training rooms, physical therapy clinics, and rehabilitation facilities, this upright front-loading unit maintains cold packs in a consistently chilled, pliable state so they are always prepared for treatment. With 4.3 cubic feet of capacity and a practical front-loading design, accessing packs is quick and easy - no digging through a chest-style unit required.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nConstructed from durable steel and finished in clean white, this unit is built to handle the demands of daily institutional use. The adjustable thermostat, full-width shelving, and manual defrost drain make it as functional as it is dependable. Whether outfitting a new training facility or upgrading aging equipment, this chilling unit delivers the reliable cold therapy storage that healthcare and sports professionals count on.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.3 Cu. Ft. Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spacious interior holds a substantial supply of cold packs, keeping them chilled and ready for back-to-back treatments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront-Loading Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright orientation with a front-access door makes retrieving cold packs fast and ergonomic - no bending over a chest unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Full-Width Door Shelves + 2 Full-Width Wire Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximizes storage and organization so packs are easy to locate and retrieve at a moment's notice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Thermostat Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dial in the ideal chilling temperature to keep cold packs at peak therapeutic effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual Defrost with Drain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in defrost drain simplifies maintenance and prevents ice buildup that can compromise performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty steel body built for long-term institutional use in high-traffic clinical and athletic training environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions - 27\"L x 22\"W x 39\"H:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact enough to fit in a training room or treatment area without taking up excessive floor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e137 lbs. Unit Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Substantial and stable - not going anywhere once positioned in your facility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by a manufacturer warranty for added peace of mind on a long-term facility investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCold Pack Options \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e The chilling unit by itself - ideal if you already have a supply of cold packs on hand or prefer to stock specific sizes and styles for your facility's needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWith 12 Standard Cold Packs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes 12 standard cold packs so your facility is ready to go right out of the box. A great value for new setups or facilities looking to replenish their stock at the same time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelief Pak Upright Cold Pack Chilling Unit (front-loading)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 Standard Cold Packs (With Cold Packs variant only)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nRelief Pak is a trusted name in cold therapy equipment, relied upon by athletic trainers, physical therapists, and sports medicine professionals across the country. This upright chilling unit is engineered for years of dependable daily use, keeping your cold packs consistently ready so there's never a gap in treatment availability. The front-loading design is a genuine workflow improvement over chest-style units - your staff can pull a pack quickly and get back to what matters. Built from durable steel with institutional-grade construction, this unit is designed to earn its place in your facility for the long haul. Whether you're equipping a college training room, a PT clinic, or a sports medicine center, this is the cold storage solution that professionals trust.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e137 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 Cu. Ft.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStyle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront Loading (Upright)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelving\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 full-width door shelves, 2 full-width wire shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDefrost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual defrost with drain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermostat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer Part Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11-0501\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo assembly required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips freight due to size and weight (137 lbs); delivery to facility required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow cold does this chilling unit get?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe unit features an adjustable thermostat so you can set it to your preferred therapeutic chilling temperature. It is designed to keep cold packs in a consistently chilled, ready-to-use state - pliable but cold enough for effective cold therapy application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the upright and chest-style chilling units?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe upright (front-loading) unit opens like a standard refrigerator, making it easy to see and access all your cold packs without bending over. The chest-style unit opens from the top and is typically better suited for spaces where vertical clearance is limited. For most clinical and training room settings, the upright unit offers better ergonomics and workflow efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many cold packs can this unit hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWith 4.3 cubic feet of interior space and five shelves (3 door shelves + 2 wire shelves), this unit can hold a substantial quantity of cold packs. The exact number will depend on the size of the packs being stored. Standard half-size and full-size packs stack efficiently on the wire shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit require professional installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo professional installation is required. The unit plugs into a standard electrical outlet and is ready to use once positioned in your facility. Simply plug it in, set the thermostat, and allow it to reach operating temperature before loading your cold packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is this product shipped?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eDue to its size (27\" x 22\" x 39\") and weight (137 lbs), this unit ships via freight carrier. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com before purchasing if you need a shipping quote or have specific delivery requirements for your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the unit come with cold packs included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIt depends on the variant you select. The \"Unit Only\" option includes just the chilling unit itself. The \"With 12 Standard Cold Packs\" option bundles the unit with 12 standard cold packs - a convenient all-in-one option for new setups or restocking your supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Relief Pak","offers":[{"title":"Unit Only","offer_id":56228277813553,"sku":"11-0501","price":1049.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With 12 Standard Cold Packs","offer_id":56228277846321,"sku":"11-0506","price":1149.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/FA1_11-0501_a5f0e9fb-c6e1-44e8-8355-34fbd195362f.webp?v=1789147470"},{"product_id":"relief-pak-cold-n-hot-elastomer-pack-large-10-x-24-case-of-12","title":"Relief Pak Cold n' Hot Elastomer Pack, Large 10\" x 24\" - Case of 12","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRelief Pak Cold n' Hot Elastomer Pack, Large 10\" x 24\" - Case of 12\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Relief Pak Cold n' Hot Elastomer Pack is a professional-grade therapy pack designed for both cold and heat treatment in clinical, athletic, and rehabilitation settings. Built for versatility, this large 10\" x 24\" pack provides broad coverage ideal for treating the back, shoulders, thighs, and other large muscle groups. The elastomer fill conforms naturally to body contours, ensuring consistent contact and effective temperature transfer throughout treatment. At this size, each pack delivers the surface area needed for comprehensive therapeutic application without compromising flexibility or comfort.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  This case of 12 is designed for facilities that rely on continuous access to therapy packs - sports medicine clinics, physical therapy offices, athletic training rooms, and rehabilitation centers. Stocking a full case ensures you always have packs available for rotation, especially in high-volume environments where multiple patients are treated simultaneously.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Purpose Therapy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works as both a cold pack and a hot pack - adaptable to whichever treatment protocol is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElastomer Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flexible, pliable fill material conforms to body contours for consistent surface contact and effective temperature delivery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge 10\" x 24\" Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides broad coverage for large muscle groups including the back, shoulders, hamstrings, and quads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase of 12:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bulk case quantity ideal for clinics, athletic training rooms, and therapy facilities with high patient volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built for repeated use - heat or chill as needed for ongoing treatment cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty outer material resists punctures and leaks under regular clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible When Cold:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike traditional gel packs, the elastomer fill remains pliable even when chilled, allowing it to wrap around joints and contoured areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional-Grade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trusted by physical therapists, athletic trainers, and sports medicine professionals for reliable, consistent therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 x Relief Pak Cold n' Hot Elastomer Packs (10\" x 24\" each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Relief Pak is a trusted name in therapeutic equipment used by sports medicine professionals and rehabilitation specialists across the country. These elastomer packs strike the ideal balance between clinical performance and everyday practicality - flexible enough to conform, durable enough to withstand daily rotation in a busy facility. Buying by the case keeps your treatment stations stocked and ready without constant reordering, saving both time and cost over individual purchases. Whether you're icing down a post-game injury or applying moist heat before a therapy session, these packs deliver reliable results every time. For any facility serious about recovery and rehabilitation, the Relief Pak Cold n' Hot Elastomer Pack is a dependable staple you'll reach for every day.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold and Hot (Dual Use)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElastomer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase Quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11-1635-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I use this pack as a cold therapy pack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003ePlace the pack in a freezer for at least 2 hours before use. Always wrap the pack in a thin towel or protective cover before applying to skin to prevent ice burn. Apply for 15-20 minutes as directed by your therapist or training staff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I use this pack as a hot therapy pack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eHeat the pack in hot water or a hydrocollator unit. Always test the temperature before application and wrap in a protective cover to prevent burns. Apply for 15-20 minutes or as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhy is elastomer better than standard gel fills?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eElastomer fill remains flexible and pliable even when cold, unlike standard gel packs that can become rigid. This allows the pack to conform more naturally to joints, curved surfaces, and large muscle groups, improving contact and therapeutic effectiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow many times can these packs be reused?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWith proper care, Relief Pak elastomer packs are designed for repeated reuse over an extended period. Inspect packs regularly for signs of wear, puncture, or leakage and replace any damaged packs immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this case quantity appropriate for a small clinic?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - a case of 12 is well-suited for clinics and athletic training rooms that treat multiple patients simultaneously. Having a full rotation of packs ensures you always have chilled or heated packs ready without waiting between sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Relief Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228279288113,"sku":"11-1635-12","price":649.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/FA1_11-1635-12.webp?v=1789571173"},{"product_id":"relief-pak-6-pack-stationary-moist-heat-heating-unit-110v","title":"Relief Pak 6-Pack Stationary Moist Heat Heating Unit, 110V","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRelief Pak 6-Pack Stationary Moist Heat Heating Unit, 110V\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Relief Pak Stationary Heating Unit is a professional-grade moist heat therapy solution designed for clinics, therapy practices, and multi-user environments that demand reliable, consistent performance. This unit heats and stores up to 6 moist heat packs simultaneously in an insulated hot water bath, reaching therapeutic temperatures up to 160 degrees for maximum effectiveness. Moist heat penetrates deeper into tissue than dry heat at the same temperature, making it the preferred choice for treating acute and chronic pain, muscle soreness, stiffness, and post-injury or post-workout recovery. Built from durable stainless steel with an insulated design that retains heat efficiently, this heater is engineered to handle the demands of high-traffic clinical settings day after day.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The compact countertop footprint keeps your treatment space organized without sacrificing capacity, and intuitive indicator lights - a glowing orange light when the desired temperature is reached and a green on\/off switch - make operation effortless. This unit ships with a full complement of 6 Relief Pak moist heat packs (3 Standard, 2 Oversize, 1 Neck), so your practice is ready to go right out of the box. Highly recommended by physiotherapists, physicians, chiropractors, athletic trainers, and kinesiologists, Relief Pak heaters are a trusted workhorse for professional therapy environments nationwide.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-Pack Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heats and stores up to 6 moist heat packs simultaneously - ideal for busy multi-treatment clinic settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 160-Degree Heating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable temperature control heats packs in an insulated hot water bath for consistent, therapeutic moist heat delivery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeeper Tissue Penetration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist heat penetrates further than dry heat at the same temperature, providing more effective relief for muscles and joints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable stainless steel body is built for high-traffic clinical and rehabilitation environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Retains heat efficiently, minimizing energy loss and keeping packs ready throughout the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndicator Lights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glowing orange light signals when the target temperature is reached; green on\/off switch confirms the unit is in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Countertop Footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stationary design sits neatly on any treatment room countertop without taking up excessive space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110V Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard North American voltage - plug directly into any standard outlet, no special wiring required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable Heat Packs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each included moist heat pack delivers up to 30 minutes of therapeutic relief per session and is fully reusable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth surfaces wipe down easily with a soft cloth and mild soap - simply drain and clean after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRelief Pak Stationary 6-Pack Heating Unit (110V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e(3) Standard Relief Pak Moist Heat Packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e(2) Oversize Relief Pak Moist Heat Packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e(1) Neck Relief Pak Moist Heat Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemovable plug set\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully illustrated user manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Relief Pak Heating Unit is a staple in professional therapy settings for good reason - it delivers dependable, high-quality moist heat therapy session after session without any fuss. Its stainless steel build and insulated chamber mean you're investing in equipment that holds up to the rigors of daily clinical use for years to come. The fact that it ships complete with all 6 heat packs means your clinic is operational from day one, with no additional purchases needed to get started. Whether you're outfitting a physical therapy suite, chiropractic office, athletic training room, or sports medicine facility, this unit provides the capacity and reliability that busy practitioners count on. Trusted by therapists and clinicians across the country, Relief Pak heaters are a proven, professional-grade choice that your staff and patients will appreciate every single day.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 moist heat packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 degrees F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActual Product Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStationary (countertop)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Heat Packs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(3) Standard, (2) Oversize, (1) Neck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeat Pack Duration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 30 minutes per session\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTemperature Control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat types of moist heat packs come with this unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis unit includes 6 Relief Pak moist heat packs: 3 Standard packs, 2 Oversize packs, and 1 Neck pack. Each pack is designed to conform to different body areas, and all are reusable for long-term clinical use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does each moist heat pack stay hot during treatment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eEach moist heat pack delivers up to 30 minutes of hot, moist, therapeutic relief per session. For best results, heat packs to 160 degrees and always wrap in a towel or covering before applying to the patient's skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this unit suitable for home use, or is it commercial-only?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Relief Pak Heating Unit is designed for both home and multi-user environments. However, its 6-pack capacity, stainless steel construction, and clinical-grade insulation make it especially well-suited for professional settings such as physical therapy clinics, chiropractic offices, and athletic training rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean the heating unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eOnce drained, the unit is easy to clean. Use a soft cloth, sponge, or non-abrasive cleaning pad with mild soap or non-abrasive detergent to wipe down the interior and exterior surfaces. Do not use steel wool, bleach, or cleaners with high chlorine content, as these can damage the stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit require special wiring or a dedicated circuit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo special wiring is required. This unit runs on standard 110V power and plugs directly into a standard North American outlet. A removable plug set is included with the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I purchase additional heat packs separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. Relief Pak moist heat packs are available separately in Standard, Oversize, Neck, and other sizes. This means you can expand your treatment capacity or replace packs as needed without purchasing a new unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Relief Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228281123121,"sku":"11-1962","price":854.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/11-1962_49da9be4-a666-4d53-acb1-3e8f963741bc.jpg?v=1789147489"},{"product_id":"relief-pak-moist-heat-heating-unit-8-pack-mobile-with-8-standard-packs-110v","title":"Relief Pak Moist Heat Heating Unit, 8-Pack Mobile with 8 Standard Packs, 110V","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRelief Pak Moist Heat Heating Unit, 8-Pack Mobile with 8 Standard Packs, 110V\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Relief Pak 8-Pack Mobile Heating Unit is a professional-grade moist heat therapy system designed for clinics, training rooms, and multi-user rehabilitation environments. Built from durable stainless steel, this insulated unit heats and stores up to 8 moist heat packs in a hot water bath reaching 160 degrees - the optimal therapeutic temperature for deep tissue relief. Moist heat penetrates deeper than dry heat at the same temperature, making it significantly more effective for treating acute and chronic pain, soreness, stiffness, and post-injury or post-workout recovery. The rolling mobile base makes it easy to reposition the unit anywhere in your facility, and the clear indicator lights let staff know at a glance when the unit is ready. Recommended by physiotherapists, physicians, chiropractors, athletic trainers, and kinesiologists, this heating unit is a cornerstone of any serious therapy setup.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Each of the 8 included Standard Relief Pak moist heat packs delivers up to 30 minutes of therapeutic heat, conforms to any body part, and is fully reusable. The stainless steel construction and insulated design ensure the unit retains heat efficiently during high-volume clinical use, while the easy-to-clean interior keeps maintenance simple between patients.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-Pack Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds and heats up to 8 Standard Relief Pak moist heat packs simultaneously - ideal for busy clinics with multiple treatment rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal Heating Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heats packs to 160 degrees in an insulated hot water bath for maximum therapeutic effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile Design with Rolling Feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily moved from room to room, making it practical for multi-station treatment facilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, commercial-grade stainless steel body withstands heavy daily use in high-traffic clinic settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Retains heat efficiently to minimize energy use and maintain pack temperature throughout the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Temperature Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dial in your preferred heat setting; an orange indicator light glows when the target temperature is reached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen On\/Off Indicator Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clearly shows when the unit is powered and operating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep Moist Heat Therapy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist heat penetrates deeper into tissue than dry heat at the same temperature - more effective for chronic and acute pain relief.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable Moist Heat Packs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pack delivers up to 30 minutes of therapeutic relief and can be reused repeatedly, conforming to any body part when heated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110V Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard US electrical connection with removable plug set included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships via freight and requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRelief Pak 8-Pack Mobile Heating Unit (110V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e(8) Standard Relief Pak Moist Heat Packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemovable plug set\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully illustrated user manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Relief Pak Heating Unit is trusted by clinics, athletic training rooms, and rehabilitation facilities nationwide for its consistent performance and rugged reliability. The stainless steel construction is built to handle the demands of daily multi-patient use without compromise, and the insulated tank design means your packs are always ready at the right temperature when your patients need them. The mobile rolling base adds real operational flexibility - move it to where treatment is happening rather than working around a fixed station. The included Standard moist heat packs are immediately ready to use and are fully reusable, delivering excellent long-term value for any practice. Whether you're managing a physical therapy clinic, a chiropractic office, or an athletic training room, this unit keeps your moist heat therapy program running smoothly and professionally. It's the kind of equipment that earns its place in the room every single day.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Standard Moist Heat Packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 degrees F (recommended for use)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMobility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRolling feet \/ mobile base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShips Via Freight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes - freight shipment required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIndicator Lights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange (temperature reached), Green (unit on)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Packs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Standard Relief Pak Moist Heat Packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take for the unit to heat the packs to the recommended 160 degrees?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eHeat-up time can vary depending on starting water temperature, but most Relief Pak units reach optimal temperature within approximately 30-45 minutes. The orange indicator light will illuminate once the unit has reached its set temperature, so you'll always know when packs are ready for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does each moist heat pack stay hot during treatment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eEach Standard Relief Pak moist heat pack delivers up to 30 minutes of therapeutic heat during a treatment session. Always wrap the pack in a towel or cover before applying to a patient, and handle by the corner tab to avoid burns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the included moist heat packs reusable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the Relief Pak moist heat packs are fully reusable. Simply return them to the heating unit after use and they will reheat and be ready for the next treatment. This makes them highly cost-effective for high-volume clinical settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean the heating unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eOnce drained, wipe down the interior and exterior with a soft cloth, sponge, or non-abrasive cleaning pad using mild soap or non-abrasive detergent. Do not use steel wool, bleach, or any cleaners with high chlorine content, as these can damage the stainless steel surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this unit be used in a home setting as well as a clinic?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - while the 8-pack mobile unit is primarily designed for clinical and multi-user environments, it can absolutely be used at home. Its mobile design on rolling feet makes repositioning easy regardless of your setting. For home use by a single individual, a smaller-capacity unit may also be worth considering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit ship via standard parcel delivery?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - this unit ships via freight due to its weight (55 lbs) and size. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com before purchasing if you'd like a freight shipping quote or estimated delivery timeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Relief Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228282794289,"sku":"11-1964","price":1264.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/11-1964.jpg?v=1789147498"},{"product_id":"relief-pak-moist-heat-heating-unit-12-pack-mobile-with-12-standard-packs-110v","title":"Relief Pak Moist Heat Heating Unit - 12-Pack Mobile with 12 Standard Packs, 110V","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRelief Pak Moist Heat Heating Unit - 12-Pack Mobile with 12 Standard Packs, 110V\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Relief Pak Heating Unit is a professional-grade moist heat therapy system designed to hold and heat up to 12 standard moist heat packs simultaneously in an insulated hot water bath - reaching temperatures up to 160 degrees for optimal therapeutic results. Built from durable stainless steel with an insulated design that retains heat efficiently, this unit is engineered for the demands of high-traffic clinical environments including physical therapy offices, chiropractic clinics, and athletic training rooms. The mobile design features rolling feet that allow easy repositioning across a room or between treatment areas without disruption to workflow.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nMoist heat therapy is proven to treat both acute and chronic pain, relieving aches, soreness, and stiffness more effectively than dry heat by penetrating deeper into tissue at the same temperature. Each included standard moist heat pack conforms to any body part, remains pliable when heated, and delivers up to 30 minutes of hot, moist therapeutic relief per session - and the packs are fully reusable. Recommended by physiotherapists, physicians, chiropractors, athletic trainers, and kinesiologists, the Relief Pak system is a trusted staple in professional and home recovery settings alike.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-Pack Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds and heats up to 12 standard moist heat packs simultaneously for high-volume clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160-Degree Hot Water Bath:\u003c\/strong\u003e Insulated bath heats packs to the optimal therapeutic temperature for deep moist heat therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Temperature Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine-tune heat settings to meet individual patient or treatment needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatus Indicator Lights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glowing orange light signals when the desired temperature has been reached; green on\/off switch confirms the unit is active.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile Rolling Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolling feet allow easy movement across rooms or between treatment areas without lifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Stainless Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand the rigors of high-traffic clinic environments and daily multi-user use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Retains heat within the unit to minimize energy loss and maintain consistent water temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110V Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard US electrical connection with a removable plug set included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes 12 Standard Moist Heat Packs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pack delivers up to 30 minutes of therapeutic moist heat and is fully reusable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips via Freight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unit weighs 83 lbs and ships on a freight carrier for safe delivery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe-down surfaces designed for quick sanitation between patient uses; compatible with mild soaps and non-abrasive detergents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelief Pak Heating Unit (12-pack capacity, mobile, 110V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 Standard Relief Pak Moist Heat Packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable plug set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully illustrated user manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Relief Pak Heating Unit has earned its place as a cornerstone of professional therapy clinics and athletic training rooms across the country - and for good reason. Its all-stainless construction and insulated design are built to last through years of daily use in demanding multi-patient environments. The mobile rolling base makes it practical for any facility layout, letting you bring the therapy to wherever it's needed most. With 12 packs heating simultaneously, you can serve multiple patients back-to-back without ever waiting on the unit to catch up.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nBeyond the hardware, the included standard moist heat packs are the same trusted Relief Pak packs that therapists have relied on for decades - reusable, conforming, and delivering consistent deep-tissue warmth that dry heat simply can't match. Whether you're outfitting a new clinic, upgrading aging equipment, or adding capacity to a busy training room, this unit delivers the reliability and performance that healthcare and sports medicine professionals depend on every day.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 standard moist heat packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 degrees (water bath)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMobility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRolling feet for easy repositioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActual Product Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e83 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShips Via\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIndicator Lights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange (temperature reached), Green (unit on)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTemperature Control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Packs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 Standard Relief Pak Moist Heat Packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take for the unit to heat the packs to 160 degrees?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWarm-up time can vary based on starting water temperature and ambient conditions, but most professional moist heat units reach operating temperature within approximately 2 hours. The glowing orange indicator light will illuminate when the unit has reached its set temperature, so you always know when the packs are ready without guessing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does each moist heat pack stay warm during treatment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eEach standard Relief Pak moist heat pack delivers up to 30 minutes of hot, moist therapeutic heat during a session. For best results, wrap the pack in a towel or Terry cloth cover before placing it on the patient to protect skin and regulate temperature delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the included moist heat packs reusable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the included standard Relief Pak moist heat packs are fully reusable. Simply return the pack to the heating unit's hot water bath after use and it will reheat and be ready for the next session. With proper care, moist heat packs can last for years of regular clinical use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this unit suitable for home use, or is it designed only for clinics?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eRelief Pak heaters and moist heat packs are designed to work well in both home and multi-user clinical environments. However, the 12-pack mobile unit is most practical for clinics, physical therapy offices, chiropractic practices, and athletic training rooms where multiple patients are treated daily. For home use, smaller single or six-pack units may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean and maintain the heating unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eOnce drained, the unit is easy to clean. Use a soft cloth, sponge, or non-abrasive cleaning pad with mild soaps or non-abrasive detergents to wipe down all surfaces. Do not use steel wool, bleach, or cleaners with high chlorine content, as these can damage the stainless steel finish and internal components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit ship on a pallet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - at 83 lbs, this unit ships via freight carrier. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com before purchasing if you would like a shipping quote or to confirm delivery details for your location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Relief Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228285972785,"sku":"11-1965","price":1434.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/11-1965.jpg?v=1789147508"},{"product_id":"relief-pak-24-pack-capacity-mobile-moist-heat-heating-unit-110v","title":"Relief Pak 24-Pack Capacity Mobile Moist Heat Heating Unit, 110V","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRelief Pak 24-Pack Capacity Mobile Moist Heat Heating Unit, 110V\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Relief Pak Heating Unit is a professional-grade moist heat system designed for high-traffic clinical and rehabilitation settings. It holds and heats up to 24 standard moist heat packs in an insulated hot water bath, reaching temperatures up to 160 degrees for maximum therapeutic effectiveness. Moist heat penetrates deeper into tissue than dry heat at the same temperature, making it significantly more effective for treating acute and chronic pain, muscle soreness, stiffness, and post-injury or post-workout recovery. The unit's mobile design with rolling feet makes it easy to move between rooms or treatment stations without hassle.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built from durable stainless steel, the insulated construction retains heat efficiently and is built to withstand the demands of daily multi-user environments. Each of the included standard moist heat packs conforms to any body part when heated and delivers up to 30 minutes of therapeutic relief per session. Trusted by physiotherapists, physicians, chiropractors, athletic trainers, and kinesiologists, this unit is the reliable backbone of any serious therapy or sports medicine setup.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24-Pack Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds and heats up to 24 standard moist heat packs simultaneously - ideal for busy clinics and multi-patient environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160-Degree Heating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reaches optimal therapeutic temperature of 160 degrees in an insulated hot water bath for effective moist heat therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeeper Tissue Penetration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist heat penetrates further into tissue than dry heat at the same temperature, delivering more effective pain relief.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Temperature Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows precise temperature management; orange indicator light illuminates when the unit reaches its set temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile Rolling Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolling feet allow easy movement across a room or between treatment areas without lifting the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Stainless Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand heavy daily use in high-traffic clinical settings; insulated design retains heat effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOn\/Off Indicator Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green glowing switch confirms the unit is powered on at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable Moist Heat Packs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each of the 24 included standard packs delivers up to 30 minutes of therapeutic relief per session and is fully reusable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110V Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard US electrical compatibility - plug in and go with the included removable plug set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Once drained, the unit wipes down easily with a soft cloth, sponge, or non-abrasive cleaning pad and mild detergents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRelief Pak 24-Pack Mobile Heating Unit (110V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24 Standard Relief Pak Moist Heat Packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemovable plug set\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully illustrated user manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Relief Pak Heating Unit is trusted by clinics, sports medicine facilities, and rehabilitation centers nationwide for its reliability and performance under demanding daily conditions. Its stainless steel build and insulated design mean it holds up year after year without losing efficiency - a smart long-term investment for any professional setting. The mobile rolling base adds real-world flexibility, letting therapists bring treatment directly to patients rather than the other way around. With 24 packs heating at once, there's virtually no downtime between patient sessions. The included standard moist heat packs conform to any body area, ensuring every patient gets targeted, effective relief. Whether you're running a physical therapy clinic, athletic training room, or chiropractic office, this unit delivers the professional-grade performance your patients deserve.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 standard moist heat packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 degrees F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, insulated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMobility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile with rolling feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShips Via\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Packs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 standard Relief Pak moist heat packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIndicator Lights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange (temperature reached), Green (power on)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeat Pack Duration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 30 minutes per session\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take for the unit to heat the packs to 160 degrees?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eHeat-up time can vary depending on starting water temperature and ambient conditions, but the orange indicator light will illuminate when the unit has reached its set temperature. For best results, allow adequate warm-up time before your first patient session of the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does each moist heat pack stay hot during treatment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eEach standard Relief Pak moist heat pack delivers up to 30 minutes of hot, moist, therapeutic relief per session. Always wrap the pack in a towel or covering before placing it on a patient's skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the moist heat packs reusable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, the included standard moist heat packs are fully reusable. Simply return them to the heating unit after each use to reheat them for the next session. They are designed for repeated use in clinical environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit require freight delivery?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, due to its size and weight (approximately 100 lbs), this unit ships via freight. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com before purchasing if you'd like a shipping quote or have questions about delivery logistics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between moist heat and dry heat therapy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eMoist heat penetrates deeper into tissue than dry heat at the same temperature, making it more effective for treating muscle soreness, stiffness, acute and chronic pain, and post-injury or post-workout recovery. The Relief Pak system delivers consistent, clinic-quality moist heat therapy every session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean the heating unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eOnce drained, wipe down the unit using a soft cloth, sponge, or non-abrasive cleaning pad with mild soap or a non-abrasive detergent. Do not use steel wool, bleach, or cleaners with high chlorine content, as these can damage the stainless steel surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Relief Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228287316273,"sku":"11-1966","price":2194.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/11-1966.jpg?v=1789147518"},{"product_id":"relief-pak-6-pack-stationary-moist-heat-pack-heating-unit-110v","title":"Relief Pak 6-Pack Stationary Moist Heat Pack Heating Unit, 110V","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRelief Pak 6-Pack Stationary Moist Heat Pack Heating Unit, 110V\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Relief Pak Stationary Heating Unit is a professional-grade moist heat therapy solution designed for high-traffic clinical environments and home use alike. Built to hold and heat up to 6 moist heat packs simultaneously in an insulated hot water bath, it brings consistent, reliable warmth to every treatment session. Moist heat penetrates deeper into tissue than dry heat at the same temperature, making it more effective for treating acute and chronic pain, post-injury recovery, muscle soreness, and joint stiffness. The compact countertop design and durable stainless steel construction make it a natural fit for physical therapy offices, chiropractic clinics, sports training facilities, and rehabilitation centers.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Trusted by physiotherapists, physicians, chiropractors, athletic trainers, and kinesiologists, this unit is engineered to perform day in and day out without compromise. The insulated housing keeps heat in and the exterior cool to the touch, protecting both patients and staff. Easy to drain and clean, it maintains hygienic standards with minimal effort - making it the dependable workhorse every busy clinic needs.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-Pack Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heats and stores up to 6 Relief Pak moist heat packs at once for efficient, high-volume treatment sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160-Degree Heating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heats packs to 160 degrees Fahrenheit for optimal moist heat therapy results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated Hot Water Bath:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unique insulated design retains heat effectively and prevents the exterior from becoming dangerously hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Temperature Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine-tune the water temperature to suit your treatment protocols and patient needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVisual Status Indicators:\u003c\/strong\u003e A glowing orange light signals when the target temperature is reached; the on\/off switch glows green during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable stainless steel build withstands the rigors of daily use in high-traffic clinical and rehab settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Stationary Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Countertop-friendly footprint fits neatly into treatment rooms without taking up excessive space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110V Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard North American outlet compatible - no special wiring or adapters required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drain and wipe down with mild soap and a soft cloth or non-abrasive sponge; maintenance takes just minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with a removable plug set and a fully illustrated user manual for quick setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRelief Pak 6-Pack Stationary Heating Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemovable plug set\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully illustrated user manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  This Relief Pak Heating Unit is a staple piece of equipment in clinics and training facilities across the country - and for good reason. Its stainless steel body and insulated hot water bath are built to handle the demands of daily therapeutic use without degrading in performance over time. The intuitive temperature indicators take the guesswork out of every session, so your staff can focus on patient care rather than monitoring equipment. Moist heat packs that conform to any body part and penetrate deep into tissue mean your patients experience real, lasting relief - not just surface warmth. Whether you're outfitting a busy chiropractic practice, a physical therapy clinic, or a sports medicine program, this unit delivers the consistent heat therapy your patients count on. Recommended by professionals across disciplines, it's a long-term investment in quality care.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 moist heat packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 degrees Fahrenheit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeating Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsulated hot water bath\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStationary \/ countertop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActual Product Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable plug set, illustrated user manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11-1982\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit come with moist heat packs included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo, this unit is sold without moist heat packs. It is designed to heat and store up to 6 Relief Pak moist heat packs, which are sold separately. This allows you to choose the pack sizes and styles that best suit your clinical needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to heat packs to the optimal temperature?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eHeat-up times can vary depending on the starting water temperature and ambient conditions, but the unit's glowing orange indicator light lets you know exactly when it has reached its set temperature - taking the guesswork out of your prep routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this unit safe to leave on throughout the day in a clinic?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The insulated design is specifically engineered to retain heat internally while keeping the exterior cool to the touch, reducing burn risk for staff and patients. The visual on\/off indicator also makes it easy to confirm the unit's status at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean and maintain this heating unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eOnce drained, wipe down the interior and exterior with a soft cloth, sponge, or non-abrasive cleaning pad using mild soap or a non-abrasive detergent. Avoid steel wool, bleach, or cleaners with high chlorine content, as these can damage the stainless steel surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this be used in a home setting or is it only for clinics?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis unit is versatile enough for both home and multi-user clinical environments. While its 6-pack capacity and stainless steel durability make it ideal for busy clinics and training facilities, it works equally well in a dedicated home therapy space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Relief Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228289511729,"sku":"11-1982","price":779.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/1779435364782.jpg?v=1789147527"},{"product_id":"relief-pak-8-pack-capacity-mobile-heating-unit-110v","title":"Relief Pak 8-Pack Capacity Mobile Heating Unit, 110V","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRelief Pak 8-Pack Capacity Mobile Heating Unit, 110V\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Relief Pak 8-Pack Mobile Heating Unit is a professional-grade moist heat therapy solution designed for high-traffic clinical and rehabilitation environments. It holds and heats up to 8 moist heat packs simultaneously in an insulated hot water bath, reaching optimal treatment temperatures of 160 degrees. Moist heat therapy is widely used to treat acute and chronic pain, relieve aches, and ease muscle soreness and stiffness - and this unit delivers it consistently and efficiently.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built from durable stainless steel and engineered with a unique insulated design, the exterior stays cool to the touch while the interior maintains ideal heat levels. Rolling feet make it easy to reposition anywhere in your facility, and the intuitive controls - including a glowing orange indicator light and a green on\/off switch - make operation simple for any staff member. Trusted by physiotherapists, physicians, chiropractors, athletic trainers, and kinesiologists, this unit is a workhorse built for demanding professional use.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-Pack Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heats up to 8 Relief Pak moist heat packs simultaneously - ideal for busy clinics treating multiple patients at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal Heating Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heats packs up to 160 degrees in an insulated hot water bath for maximum therapeutic effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Temperature Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine-tune the heat level to match your treatment protocols and patient needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVisual Indicator Lights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glowing orange light signals the unit has reached its target temperature; green on\/off switch confirms active operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile Design with Rolling Feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily move the unit across the room or between treatment areas without disconnecting it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable and easy to sanitize - purpose-built for high-traffic clinical and rehab settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated Exterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unique insulation retains heat inside while keeping the outer surface cool, reducing burn risk for staff and patients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110V Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard US electrical compatibility - plug it in and go, with a removable plug set included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoist vs. Dry Heat Advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist heat penetrates deeper into tissue than dry heat at the same temperature, improving therapeutic outcomes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simply drain and wipe down with a soft cloth, sponge, or non-abrasive pad and mild soap - no special maintenance required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRelief Pak 8-Pack Mobile Heating Unit (110V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemovable plug set\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully illustrated user manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Clinics and rehabilitation centers across the country rely on Relief Pak heating units for one simple reason - they work, day in and day out, without fail. This unit is engineered to handle the demands of multi-patient, high-volume environments where reliability isn't optional. The combination of stainless steel durability, intuitive controls, and a mobile design means your staff can focus on patient care rather than managing equipment. Moist heat therapy is one of the most proven tools in physical rehabilitation, and this unit delivers it at the right temperature, every time. Whether you're a solo practitioner or outfitting a full clinic, the Relief Pak 8-Pack Mobile Heater is a smart long-term investment in patient outcomes and operational efficiency.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 moist heat packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 degrees F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShips Via Freight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit come with moist heat packs included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo, the heating unit is sold without moist heat packs. Relief Pak moist heat packs are sold separately and are designed to fit and heat perfectly in this unit. You can add packs to your order or source them independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to heat the packs to the recommended 160 degrees?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eHeat-up times can vary depending on the starting water temperature and number of packs loaded, but most users find the unit reaches operating temperature within 30-45 minutes. We recommend allowing adequate warm-up time before your first patient of the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this unit safe for patients to be around while in operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The insulated design keeps the exterior of the unit cool to the touch even while the interior reaches 160 degrees, significantly reducing the risk of accidental burns. Always follow the included user manual for safe operation guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this unit be used in a home setting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWhile the Relief Pak heating unit is designed primarily for clinical and multi-user professional environments, it can technically be used at home. However, its 8-pack capacity and size make it best suited for clinics, physical therapy offices, chiropractic practices, and athletic training rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean and maintain the unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eOnce drained, wipe down the interior and exterior with a soft cloth, sponge, or non-abrasive cleaning pad using mild soap or a non-abrasive detergent. Do not use steel wool, bleach, or cleaners with high chlorine content, as these can damage the stainless steel surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit ship via freight?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, this unit ships via freight due to its size and weight (approximately 55 lbs). Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a shipping quote or delivery timeline before placing your order if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Relief Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228291182897,"sku":"11-1984","price":1174.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/11-1984_ffb8db23-e79c-4d08-8776-83fe16c59b23.jpg?v=1789147537"},{"product_id":"relief-pak-12-pack-mobile-moist-heat-heating-unit-110v","title":"Relief Pak 12-Pack Mobile Moist Heat Heating Unit, 110V","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRelief Pak 12-Pack Mobile Moist Heat Heating Unit, 110V\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Relief Pak Heating Unit is a professional-grade moist heat solution designed to hold and heat up to 12 moist heat packs simultaneously in an insulated hot water bath - reaching temperatures up to 160 degrees for optimal therapeutic results. Built from durable stainless steel and engineered for high-traffic clinical environments, this unit is trusted by physiotherapists, physicians, chiropractors, athletic trainers, and kinesiologists alike. Moist heat therapy is proven to treat acute and chronic pain, relieve aches, and ease soreness and stiffness, penetrating deeper into tissue than dry heat at the same temperature.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The mobile design features rolling feet for effortless movement within or between treatment rooms, making it ideal for busy clinics, rehabilitation facilities, and multi-user environments. The unique insulated construction retains heat efficiently while keeping the exterior cool to the touch, ensuring user safety at all times. Whether you're supporting post-injury recovery, post-workout muscle relief, or ongoing pain management, this unit delivers consistent, professional-level moist heat therapy session after session.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-Pack Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds and heats up to 12 Relief Pak moist heat packs at once - ideal for busy clinics and multi-patient environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeats to 160 Degrees:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable temperature control brings packs to the optimal 160-degree therapeutic temperature in an insulated hot water bath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable stainless steel body is built to withstand the demands of high-traffic clinics and daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile Rolling Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolling feet allow the unit to be moved easily across a room or between rooms without unplugging or heavy lifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated Exterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unique insulated design retains heat inside the unit and prevents the exterior from becoming dangerously hot, protecting staff and patients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVisual Status Indicators:\u003c\/strong\u003e A glowing orange light signals when the unit has reached its desired temperature; the on\/off switch glows green when the unit is in active use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110V Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e Runs on standard 110V power with a removable plug set included for easy setup and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Once drained, the interior wipes down easily with a soft cloth and mild detergent - no harsh cleaners required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes User Manual:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with a fully illustrated user manual for straightforward setup and operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended by Professionals:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trusted by physiotherapists, physicians, chiropractors, athletic trainers, and kinesiologists for home and clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRelief Pak 12-Pack Mobile Heating Unit (110V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemovable plug set\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully illustrated user manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Relief Pak Heating Unit is a staple in professional rehabilitation and sports medicine settings for good reason - it's reliable, efficient, and built to last through years of daily clinical use. The stainless steel body and insulated design mean you get consistent, safe performance every time without worrying about overheating or degradation. The rolling mobility makes workflow seamless, letting therapists bring treatment to patients rather than the other way around. Clinics, training rooms, and wellness centers across the country rely on Relief Pak equipment to keep their patients moving and recovering at their best. If you're looking to elevate your moist heat therapy capabilities with a unit that professionals genuinely trust, this is the one to get.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 moist heat packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 degrees F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMobility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRolling feet (mobile)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShips Via Freight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit come with moist heat packs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo, this unit is sold without moist heat packs. It is designed to store and heat up to 12 Relief Pak moist heat packs, which are sold separately. If you need packs to go with your unit, Relief Pak and Chattanooga moist heat packs are compatible and widely available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat voltage does this heating unit require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis unit runs on standard 110V power, which is the standard household and commercial outlet voltage in the United States. A removable plug set is included. It is not compatible with 220V outlets without a converter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to heat the packs to 160 degrees?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eExact heat-up time can vary depending on starting water temperature and how many packs are loaded, but professional moist heat units like this one typically reach therapeutic temperatures within 30-45 minutes. We recommend allowing the unit to fully preheat before beginning patient treatment sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this unit suitable for home use or only for clinics?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWhile this unit is primarily designed for clinical, multi-user environments like physiotherapy clinics, chiropractic offices, and athletic training rooms, it can also be used in home settings where multiple people require regular moist heat therapy. Its 12-pack capacity and mobile design make it most practical for professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean the heating unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eOnce drained, wipe down the interior and exterior surfaces with a soft cloth, sponge, or non-abrasive cleaning pad using mild soap or non-abrasive detergent. Do not use steel wool, bleach, or cleaners with high chlorine content, as these can damage the stainless steel surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit ship via freight?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, due to its size and weight (69 lbs), this unit ships via freight. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com before purchasing if you would like a shipping quote or need to confirm delivery details for your location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Relief Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228292919601,"sku":"11-1985","price":1299.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/1779435447830.jpg?v=1789147546"},{"product_id":"relief-pak-24-pack-capacity-mobile-moist-heat-heating-unit-110v-1","title":"Relief Pak 24-Pack Capacity Mobile Moist Heat Heating Unit, 110V","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRelief Pak 24-Pack Capacity Mobile Moist Heat Heating Unit, 110V\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Relief Pak Mobile Heating Unit is a professional-grade moist heat solution built for high-traffic clinical and rehabilitation environments. Capable of storing and heating up to 24 moist heat packs simultaneously, it maintains water temperatures up to 160 degrees in a fully insulated hot water bath - ensuring packs are always ready for patient use. Moist heat therapy is proven to treat acute and chronic pain, ease soreness and stiffness, and accelerate recovery post-injury and post-workout, penetrating deeper into tissue than dry heat at equivalent temperatures.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nConstructed from durable stainless steel, the unit's insulated design keeps the exterior cool to the touch, protecting both patients and staff. Its mobile design with rolling feet makes repositioning between treatment rooms effortless. Trusted by physiotherapists, physicians, chiropractors, athletic trainers, and kinesiologists, this heater is the workhorse of any serious clinical hot therapy setup.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24-Pack Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds and heats up to 24 Relief Pak moist heat packs simultaneously - ideal for busy multi-patient clinics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160-Degree Insulated Hot Water Bath:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintains packs at optimal therapy temperature for maximum therapeutic effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Temperature Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dial in the precise temperature needed for your treatment protocol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndicator Lights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glowing orange light signals when target temperature is reached; green on\/off switch illuminates when the unit is running.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile Design with Rolling Feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily move the unit across a room or between rooms without disconnecting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable and easy to clean - built to withstand the demands of daily clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated Exterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unique design retains heat internally while keeping the outer surface cool, reducing burn risk for users and staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110V Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Runs on standard US electrical outlets with a removable plug set included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Once drained, the interior can be cleaned with a soft cloth, sponge, or non-abrasive pad and mild detergent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes User Manual:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with a fully illustrated user manual for quick setup and safe operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships via freight and requires additional shipping arrangements. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelief Pak Mobile Heating Unit (24-Pack Capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable plug set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully illustrated user manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Relief Pak 24-Pack Mobile Heating Unit is a trusted staple in rehabilitation clinics, chiropractic offices, sports medicine facilities, and physical therapy practices across the country. Its large capacity means you can serve multiple patients back-to-back without waiting for packs to reheat, keeping your workflow efficient and your patients comfortable. The stainless steel build and insulated design aren't just durable - they're a statement of clinical quality that patients and practitioners notice.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nWhether you're managing a high-volume clinic or outfitting a dedicated treatment room, this unit is engineered for years of dependable daily use. The mobile rolling base gives your staff the flexibility to bring heat therapy wherever it's needed most, and the straightforward cleaning process means hygiene standards are easy to maintain. If moist heat therapy is central to your practice, this is the heating unit built to keep up.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 moist heat packs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Water Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 degrees F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMobility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRolling feet for easy repositioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShips Via\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoist Heat Packs Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo (unit only, without packs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit come with moist heat packs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo, this unit is sold without moist heat packs. It is the heating unit only. Relief Pak and compatible moist heat packs are available separately and can hold up to 24 packs at a time once purchased.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat voltage does this unit require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis heating unit runs on standard 110V power, compatible with standard US electrical outlets. A removable plug set is included with the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow hot does the water bath get?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe unit heats water up to 160 degrees F, which is the recommended temperature for optimal moist heat therapy. The adjustable temperature control allows you to set the desired level, and an indicator light signals when the target temperature has been reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the exterior safe to touch when the unit is running?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The unique insulated design retains heat internally while keeping the exterior cool to the touch, reducing the risk of burns for both patients and clinical staff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean this unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eOnce the unit is drained, wipe down the interior and exterior with a soft cloth, sponge, or non-abrasive cleaning pad using mild soaps or non-abrasive detergents. Do not use steel wool, bleach, or cleaners with high chlorine content, as these can damage the stainless steel surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this ship to my location?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis product ships via freight due to its size and weight (approximately 100 lbs). Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a shipping quote and estimated delivery time before purchasing if you'd like to confirm details first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Relief Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228294558001,"sku":"11-1986","price":2024.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/11-1986_811feef2-8e1a-42da-a88e-a54b0023be1c.jpg?v=1789147556"},{"product_id":"mettler-auto-therm-391-shortwave-diathermy-unit-with-14-cm-drum-arm-cart","title":"Mettler Auto*Therm 391 Shortwave Diathermy Unit with 14 cm Drum, Arm \u0026 Cart","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMettler Auto*Therm 391 Shortwave Diathermy Unit with 14 cm Drum, Arm \u0026amp; Cart\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Mettler Auto*Therm 391 is a professional-grade shortwave diathermy (SWD) system designed to deliver deep, penetrating therapeutic heat to muscles and deep tissues. Built on Mettler Electronics' decades of diathermy expertise dating back to 1968, this unit combines automatic tuning technology with a multi-joint arm, 14 cm inductive coil drum applicator, and a heavy-duty treatment cart for a complete clinical solution. Shortwave diathermy reaches areas and depths that other thermal modalities simply cannot match, making it a standout tool in any rehabilitation or physical therapy practice.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The complete cart-based system provides ample storage space and a professional footprint that integrates seamlessly into clinical environments. Both continuous and pulsed modes are available, giving clinicians the flexibility to deliver thermal or non-thermal treatments based on each patient's needs. As the only unattended treatment modality approved for use in the U.S., the Auto*Therm 391 allows clinicians to attend to other patients while treatment is running.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep Tissue Shortwave Diathermy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Penetrates deeper and treats a larger surface area than ultrasound or other thermal modalities - ideal for large muscle groups and joints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous \u0026amp; Pulsed Modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Continuous mode delivers thermal deep heat; pulsed mode provides mechanical effects without thermal properties, similar to pulsed ultrasound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 cm Inductive Coil Drum Applicator:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides broad, even coverage for large treatment areas using inductive coil diathermy technology.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Joint Articulating Arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flexible positioning arm allows precise placement of the drum applicator over virtually any body area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Tuning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplifies setup and operation so clinicians can focus on the patient, not the equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnattended Treatment Capability:\u003c\/strong\u003e The only modality in the U.S. approved for unattended use, freeing clinicians to treat additional patients simultaneously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Treatment Cart Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cart features ample storage space and a sturdy, professional design built for daily clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCPT Code Reimbursable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Diathermy has its own CPT billing code, supporting insurance reimbursement for treatments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by a 2-year unit warranty (1 year on applicators and accessories) from a trusted American manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight: 60 lbs. (27.3 kg):\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid, stable construction that stays in place during treatment while remaining manageable for clinical repositioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAuto*Therm 391 Shortwave Diathermy Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e14 cm Inductive Coil Drum Applicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMulti-Joint Articulating Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeavy-Duty Treatment Cart with Storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Mettler Auto*Therm 391 is trusted by physical therapists, chiropractors, and rehabilitation clinicians who demand reliable, deep-tissue results day after day. Mettler Electronics has been engineering shortwave diathermy units since 1968, and that depth of experience shows in every aspect of this system's design, durability, and clinical performance. The all-in-one cart setup means your practice is ready to treat patients from the moment it arrives - no separate purchases or complicated assembly required. Pulsed and continuous treatment modes give you genuine clinical flexibility to address a wide range of patient conditions, from acute inflammation to chronic deep muscle pain. Whether you're equipping a busy sports medicine clinic, a physical therapy practice, or a chiropractic office, the Auto*Therm 391 delivers the kind of dependable, reimbursable, unattended-capable treatment that makes every dollar of investment count.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 lbs. (27.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 in (H) x 19 in (W) x 19 in (D) \/ 95 cm (H) x 48 cm (W) x 48 cm (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplicator\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 cm Inductive Coil Drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreatment Modes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous and Pulsed Shortwave Diathermy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuning\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years on unit; 1 year on applicators and accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCart Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes - heavy-duty cart with storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes - multi-joint articulating arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView All Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/390_Specifications.pdf?v=1789147568\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Spec Sheet\"\u003eSpec Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/390man.pdf?v=1789147571\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Manual\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/391_brochure.pdf?v=1789147574\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Brochure\"\u003eProduct Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy would I use diathermy instead of ultrasound?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eUltrasound is very effective for treating small, specific areas, but diathermy treats a much larger surface area and penetrates much deeper into tissues. If your patient needs broad, deep-tissue heat - such as for a large muscle group or a complex joint - diathermy is the superior choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs diathermy treatment reimbursable by insurance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. Diathermy has its own CPT billing code, which means it can be submitted for insurance reimbursement just like other established therapeutic modalities. Contact your billing department or payer for specific coverage details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between continuous and pulsed diathermy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eContinuous mode delivers thermal energy - genuine deep heat - to the targeted tissue. Pulsed mode provides the mechanical effects of diathermy without generating significant heat, similar to how pulsed ultrasound works. Pulsed mode is often used when thermal treatment is contraindicated, such as in acute inflammatory conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan diathermy be used over a patient's clothing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eMettler recommends removing clothing from the treatment area and placing a terry cloth towel directly on the skin. The drum applicator is then placed on top of the towel for treatment. This ensures optimal energy delivery and patient safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to worry about metal implants when using diathermy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIn continuous mode, metal objects in or near the treatment area can heat up and pose a risk. In pulsed mode, the unit does not have the capability to heat metal. Always screen patients for metal implants before treatment and follow standard clinical contraindication protocols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the diathermy unit need to be isolated in a separate room?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo. With today's technology and modern safety requirements, the Auto*Therm 391 does not need to be isolated in a separate room. It can be used in a standard clinical treatment environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan clinicians leave the room during treatment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. Diathermy is the only unattended treatment modality approved in the United States, meaning the clinician can attend to other patients while the Auto*Therm 391 is running a treatment session. This makes it an exceptionally efficient addition to any busy practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit require assembly upon delivery?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Auto*Therm 391 ships as a complete system including the unit, arm, drum applicator, and cart. Some cart assembly may be required. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for specific delivery and setup details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mettler Electronics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228298522929,"sku":"13-3063","price":13700.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/auto_therm391_lg.jpg?v=1789147578"},{"product_id":"mettler-sys-stim-208a-two-channel-portable-muscle-stimulator","title":"Mettler Sys*Stim 208A Two-Channel Portable Muscle Stimulator","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMettler Sys*Stim 208A Two-Channel Portable Muscle Stimulator\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Mettler Sys*Stim 208A is a two-channel, digital low-volt stimulation device engineered specifically for clinical pain management treatments. Built around a microprocessor-controlled platform, it delivers a smooth, comfortable square biphasic waveform at very high frequencies - making each session effective and easy on the patient. The compact, portable design gives it a professional clinical appearance while keeping it lightweight enough for flexible placement throughout any treatment room.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe 208A features easy-to-operate intensity control knobs that allow clinicians to make fine adjustments in small increments for precise, patient-friendly control. With four operating modes - Surge, Pulse, Tetanize, and Reciprocation - and a large-angle digital timer visible from across the room, this unit is a dependable workhorse for physical therapy clinics, sports medicine facilities, and rehabilitation centers.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-Channel Stimulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treat two areas simultaneously or run two separate patients, maximizing clinical efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour Operating Modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surge, Pulse, Tetanize, and Reciprocation modes give clinicians versatile treatment options for a wide range of pain management protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare Biphasic Waveform:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-frequency square biphasic waveform creates a comfortable, effective sensation during low-volt pain management treatments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicroprocessor Controlled:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precise digital control ensures consistent, repeatable waveform delivery for reliable clinical outcomes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Timer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large, easy-to-read digital timer is visible from all angles of the treatment room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine Intensity Control Knobs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Independently adjust stimulation intensity on each channel in small increments for optimal comfort and control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemote Patient Cut-Off Switch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patients can immediately stop stimulation for added safety and confidence during treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weighing just 2.25 lbs, the 208A is compact and easy to reposition anywhere in the clinic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by Mettler Electronics' 2-year manufacturer warranty for long-term peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSys*Stim 208A two-channel stimulator unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemote patient cut-off switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Sys*Stim 208A has earned its place as a trusted clinical staple in physical therapy offices, sports medicine programs, and rehabilitation facilities nationwide. Its intuitive knob-based controls mean less time fumbling with settings and more time focused on patient care. The compact footprint and light 2.25 lb weight make it easy to integrate into any treatment workflow without sacrificing the reliability and precision your patients depend on. Mettler Electronics has been a name clinicians trust for decades, and the 208A reflects that heritage of quality - built to handle the demands of daily clinical use. The included remote patient cut-off switch adds an extra layer of safety, giving both clinicians and patients confidence during every session. Whether you are outfitting a new practice or upgrading aging equipment, the 208A is a smart, durable investment in your clinic's pain management capabilities.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChannels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStimulation Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-volt digital stimulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaveform\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare biphasic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Modes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurge, Pulse, Tetanize, Reciprocation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.25 lbs (1.0 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 in (H) x 6 in (D) x 8 in (L) \/ 6.3 cm (H) x 15 cm (D) x 20 cm (L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView All Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/208A_Specifications.pdf?v=1789147589\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Spec Sheet\"\u003eSpec Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/208Aman.pdf?v=1789147593\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Manual\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/208stim_brochure.pdf?v=1789147596\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Brochure\"\u003eProduct Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the 208A perform interferential therapy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo. The 208A does not offer interferential therapy. It is a low-volt stimulator designed specifically for pain management using a square biphasic waveform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 208A use a TENS waveform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo. The 208A uses a square biphasic waveform at very high frequencies to create a comfortable sensation during pain management treatment. It is not a traditional TENS device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Sys*Stim 208 and the 208A?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Sys*Stim 208 is a single-channel stimulation device, while the 208A adds a second channel - allowing you to treat two areas at once or use both channels independently. The 208A offers greater clinical versatility for busy practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 208A suitable for use with multiple patients in a clinic setting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The two-channel design, compact size, and portable build make the 208A well-suited for clinical environments where efficiency and flexibility are important. Its digital timer is also visible from across the room, helping clinicians monitor sessions easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat safety features does the 208A include?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe 208A includes a remote patient cut-off switch, allowing patients to immediately stop stimulation if needed. The intensity control knobs also allow for small incremental adjustments, giving clinicians precise control over patient comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the unit require assembly before use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo assembly is required. The Sys*Stim 208A arrives ready to use right out of the box. It ships via standard parcel delivery and does not require freight or pallet shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mettler Electronics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228302815537,"sku":"13-3016","price":1175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/sys_stim208a_lg.jpg?v=1789147600"},{"product_id":"mettler-sys-stim-206-portable-one-channel-neuromuscular-stimulator","title":"Mettler Sys*Stim 206 Portable One-Channel Neuromuscular Stimulator","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMettler Sys*Stim 206 Portable One-Channel Neuromuscular Stimulator\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Sys*Stim 206 is a lightweight, portable one-channel neuromuscular stimulator from Mettler Electronics - a brand with decades of trusted clinical experience dating back to the original ME 200 muscle stimulator introduced in 1973. Designed for professional use, it delivers four distinct waveforms to address a wide range of treatment needs, from TENS pain relief to muscle stimulation and iontophoresis. The narrow pulse waveform is optimized for TENS applications, while the wide and AC pulses target effective muscle stimulation across small, medium, and large muscle groups. Its Direct Current waveform enables treatment of denervated muscles and iontophoresis, making it a genuinely versatile clinical tool.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built with safety as a top priority, the Sys*Stim 206 features internal error codes that automatically halt treatment and guide the clinician to resolve any issue. It pairs seamlessly with the Mettler Sonicator 716 for comprehensive combination therapy sessions.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour Waveforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Narrow pulse (TENS), wide pulse (muscle stimulation), AC pulse (muscle stimulation), and Direct Current (denervation\/iontophoresis).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-Channel Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-channel output for focused, targeted neuromuscular stimulation treatments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTENS Capability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Narrow pulse waveform suited for transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation for pain relief.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMuscle Stimulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide and AC pulse waveforms cover small, medium, and large muscle groups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Current (DC) Output:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enables treatment of denervated muscles and iontophoresis applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCombination Therapy Ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal companion to the Mettler Sonicator 716 for combined ultrasound and stimulation therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Safety Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Internal error codes stop treatment automatically and alert the clinician to any problem - patient safety first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and Portable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weighs just 5.6 lbs (2.5 kg) - easy to move between treatment rooms or transport to field settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.3\"H x 6\"D x 13.4\"L (11 cm H x 15 cm D x 34 cm L) - fits easily on any treatment cart or countertop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by Mettler Electronics' standard manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSys*Stim 206 One-Channel Neuromuscular Stimulator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Sys*Stim 206 is part of a lineage of neuromuscular stimulators that clinicians have trusted for over 50 years. Mettler Electronics engineered this device to be easy to operate without sacrificing clinical flexibility - making it an excellent choice for physical therapists, athletic trainers, and rehabilitation specialists who need a reliable, go-anywhere stimulator. Its combination of TENS, muscle stimulation, and DC waveforms means you can handle a broad spectrum of patient needs with a single portable unit. The lightweight build and compact footprint make it just as practical in a busy clinic as it is on the sideline. If you're looking for a dependable one-channel stimulator backed by a proven brand, the Sys*Stim 206 delivers clinical-grade performance you can count on session after session.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChannels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaveforms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNarrow pulse (TENS), Wide pulse, AC pulse, Direct Current (DC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.6 lbs (2.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3\" H x 6\" D x 13.4\" L (11 cm H x 15 cm D x 34 cm L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Accessory\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMettler Sonicator 716 (combination therapy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Electrodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMettler EZ Trode or Mettler V-Trode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView All Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/206_Specifications.pdf?v=1789147611\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Spec Sheet\"\u003eSpec Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/206man.pdf?v=1789147614\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Manual\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/206_brochure.pdf?v=1789147618\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Brochure\"\u003eProduct Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the Sys*Stim 206 for Interferential (IFC) therapy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo. The Sys*Stim 206 does not offer the IFC waveform. If interferential therapy is required, you would need to look at a different model in the Sys*Stim lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat conditions can I treat with the Sys*Stim 206?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe 206 offers three versions of a biphasic waveform preset to treat small, medium, and large muscle groups, making it effective for neuromuscular stimulation across a wide range of patients. It also offers a DC waveform specifically used to treat denervated muscles and to perform iontophoresis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I treat two patients at the same time with the 206?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo. The Sys*Stim 206 is a single-channel device and can only treat one patient at a time. If you need to treat two patients simultaneously, consider the two-channel Sys*Stim 226.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrodes work best with the Sys*Stim 206?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe higher the quality of the electrode, the better the treatment outcome. Mettler recommends using either the Mettler EZ Trode self-adhesive electrodes (known for superior conductivity and longevity) or the Mettler V-Trode self-adhesive neurostimulation electrodes, which feature soft rubber lead wire attachments for easy connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Sys*Stim 206 be used for combination therapy with ultrasound?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Sys*Stim 206 is an ideal companion to the Mettler Sonicator 716, allowing clinicians to deliver combination ultrasound and electrical stimulation therapy in a single treatment session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat safety features does the Sys*Stim 206 have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Sys*Stim 206 includes internal error codes that are designed to automatically stop a treatment if a problem is detected and notify the clinician on how to resolve the issue. Patient safety is the top priority in the design of all Mettler Sys*Stim devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mettler Electronics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228308549937,"sku":"13-3021","price":2050.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/sys_stim206_lg.jpg?v=1789147622"},{"product_id":"mettler-sonicator-740-portable-dual-frequency-ultrasound-with-5cm-applicator","title":"Mettler Sonicator 740 Portable Dual Frequency Ultrasound with 5cm² Applicator","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMettler Sonicator 740 Portable Dual Frequency Ultrasound with 5cm² Applicator\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Mettler Sonicator 740 is a professional-grade therapeutic ultrasound unit delivering both 1 MHz and 3 MHz frequencies through a standard 5cm² dual frequency applicator. Designed for clinicians and therapists who need reliable, portable ultrasound therapy, it combines lightweight construction with clinical performance in a compact, easy-to-carry package. Large soft-touch controls and a backlit display make treatment setup fast and intuitive, even in fast-paced clinical environments.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Two patented Mettler technologies set the Sonicator 740 apart: Direct Crystal-to-Patient contact and the Universal Applicator Cable system. The direct crystal design eliminates the metal interface found on competing devices, improving penetration and reducing the strain on the unit itself. The Universal Applicator Cable detaches from both ends, making applicator swaps quick and hassle-free, while an optional rechargeable lithium-ion battery pack lets you bring true therapy to any setting - no outlet required.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Frequency (1 \u0026amp; 3 MHz):\u003c\/strong\u003e Treat both deep and superficial tissue with a single device - 1 MHz for deep penetration, 3 MHz for superficial targets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5cm² Dual Frequency Applicator Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Versatile applicator suitable for a wide range of treatment areas, included standard with the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented Direct Crystal-to-Patient Technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e No metal interface between the crystal and patient means better ultrasound penetration and a more efficient treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Applicator Cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mettler's unique cable detaches from both ends, making applicator changes fast and extending the lifespan of the device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Portable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weighs only 3.75 lbs (1.7 kg) without battery - light enough for home visits, clinics, and on-the-road therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Rechargeable Lithium-Ion Battery Pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds true cordless capability, bringing the total weight to 4.5 lbs (2.0 kg) with battery installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacklit Display \u0026amp; Large Soft-Touch Controls:\u003c\/strong\u003e All treatment parameters are clearly visible at a glance, with easy one-handed operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatertight Applicator Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Applicators are watertight for underwater therapy applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCombination Therapy Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works alongside Mettler stimulation units (including the Sys*Stim 226) and other muscle stimulation devices with the correct adapter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Warranty (1 Year on Applicators):\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by Mettler's standard warranty with accessible phone-based troubleshooting and service support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSonicator 740 therapeutic ultrasound unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5cm² dual frequency (1 \u0026amp; 3 MHz) applicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniversal applicator cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Sonicator 740 has been trusted by physical therapists, chiropractors, and rehabilitation professionals for years as a dependable workhorse in both clinic and field settings. Mettler's patented technologies aren't just marketing claims - they represent real engineering advantages that make treatments more effective and reduce service downtime. The ability to swap applicators in seconds and use the unit cordlessly with an optional battery pack means it adapts to how you work, not the other way around. Built with the quality and durability that Mettler Electronics is known for, the 740 is engineered to deliver consistent, reliable therapeutic ultrasound for years of daily use. Whether you're treating athletes, rehabilitation patients, or home-care clients, this unit delivers clinical-grade performance in a package you can take anywhere.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequencies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 MHz and 3 MHz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplicator Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (without battery)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.75 lbs (1.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (with battery)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 lbs (2.0 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 in (L) x 9.5 in (W) x 7 in (H) \/ 34 cm (L) x 24 cm (W) x 18 cm (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years on unit, 1 year on applicators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery Option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional rechargeable lithium-ion battery pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternational Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes - works in any country with appropriate outlet adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView All Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/740_Specifications.pdf?v=1789147633\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Spec Sheet\"\u003eSpec Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/740_manual.pdf?v=1789147636\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Manual\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/740_brochure.pdf?v=1789147640\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Brochure\"\u003eProduct Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Sonicator 740 and the 740x?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe 740 and 740x are the same unit, but they differ in what's included. The 740 comes standard with one 5cm² dual frequency applicator. The 740x comes standard with three applicators: a 1cm² \/ 3 MHz, a 5cm² 1\/3 MHz, and a 10cm² \/ 1 MHz applicator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the advantage of the Direct Crystal-to-Patient applicator?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eRemoving the metal interface between the crystal and the patient allows for better ultrasound penetration. The device doesn't have to work as hard as units using a metal interface, which also contributes to the longevity of the applicator and the unit itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I add additional applicators to the 740 later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAbsolutely. All 740 applicators are designed to be interchangeable. You can start with the included 5cm² applicator and add others - such as the 1cm² or 10cm² options - at any time. Note that the 740 only accepts applicators made specifically for the 740 series; older applicators from the 715, 716, or 730 will not be compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Sonicator 740 be used for combination therapy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. While Mettler units are designed to work seamlessly together (the Sys*Stim 226 is the recommended pairing), you can use any muscle stimulation device with the 740 by finding the correct adapter for your unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the Sonicator 740 in another country?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, the Sonicator 740 will work in any country. You simply need to obtain the appropriate outlet adapter for the country you are using it in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the optional battery pack required, or does the unit run on AC power without it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Sonicator 740 runs on standard AC power without the battery pack. The optional rechargeable lithium-ion battery pack is an add-on accessory that provides cordless operation - ideal for home visits, travel, or any setting without convenient outlet access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat happens if my unit needs service?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eMettler's support team can troubleshoot most issues over the phone, meaning your unit rarely needs to be shipped back for service. The Universal Applicator Cable and direct crystal design also reduce wear points, helping keep the device in reliable working condition longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mettler Electronics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228311925041,"sku":"13-3300","price":1775.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/sonicator740_lg.jpg?v=1789147644"},{"product_id":"mettler-sonicator-740-x-portable-dual-frequency-ultrasound-with-3-applicators","title":"Mettler Sonicator 740-X Portable Dual Frequency Ultrasound with 3 Applicators","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMettler Sonicator 740-X Portable Dual Frequency Ultrasound with 3 Applicators\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Mettler Sonicator 740-X is a professional-grade portable therapeutic ultrasound unit built for clinicians who demand versatility and reliability in the treatment room. Operating at both 1 MHz and 3 MHz frequencies, it covers a wide range of therapeutic applications - from deep tissue treatment to superficial soft tissue therapy. What sets the 740-X apart from the standard 740 is that it comes bundled with all three available applicators, stored directly on the unit for instant access.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Mettler's patented Direct Crystal-to-Patient technology eliminates the metal interface found in competing devices, delivering ultrasound energy more efficiently and reducing the strain on the unit itself. Combined with the Universal Applicator Cable - the only truly detachable cable on the market that disconnects from both ends - clinicians can swap applicators quickly without downtime. Lightweight at just 3.75 lbs (without battery), the 740-X is equally suited for clinical use or portable home therapy.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Frequency (1 \u0026amp; 3 MHz):\u003c\/strong\u003e Treats both deep and superficial tissue with a single device, maximizing clinical flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Applicators Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes standard with a 5cm2 dual frequency (1\/3 MHz), a 10cm2 \/ 1 MHz, and a 1cm2 \/ 3 MHz applicator - all stored on the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented Direct Crystal-to-Patient Technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e No metal interface between the crystal and patient, enabling better ultrasound penetration and more efficient treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Applicator Cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Detaches from both ends of the cable, the only truly detachable design on the market - making applicator changes fast and easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatertight Applicators:\u003c\/strong\u003e All Sonicator applicators are watertight, supporting underwater ultrasound therapy techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight: 3.75 lbs (1.7 kg) without battery, 4.5 lbs (2.0 kg) with battery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and portable for clinical or home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions: 13.5\" (L) x 9.5\" (W) x 7\" (H):\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact footprint that fits easily on a treatment cart or carries in a bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCombination Therapy Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with Mettler stimulation units (Sys*Stim 226 recommended) and can be paired with other muscle stim devices using the correct adapter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternational Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with power in any country with the appropriate plug adapter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-year warranty on the unit, 1-year warranty on applicators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSonicator 740-X ultrasound unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5cm2 dual frequency (1 \u0026amp; 3 MHz) applicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10cm2 \/ 1 MHz applicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1cm2 \/ 3 MHz applicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniversal applicator cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Sonicator 740-X is trusted by physical therapists, chiropractors, and rehabilitation professionals who need a dependable, full-featured ultrasound unit that's ready for any treatment scenario. Mettler Electronics has been engineering therapeutic ultrasound devices for decades, and the 740-X reflects that expertise - from its patented applicator technology to its field-proven durability. Having all three applicators on hand means you're never switching between units or scrambling for accessories mid-session. The phone-based troubleshooting support and robust 2-year warranty give you peace of mind that this investment is backed by real service. Whether it's installed on a clinic cart or packed for a home visit, the 740-X delivers consistent, professional-grade ultrasound therapy wherever it's needed.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequencies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 MHz \u0026amp; 3 MHz (dual frequency)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplicators Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5cm2 (1\/3 MHz), 10cm2 (1 MHz), 1cm2 (3 MHz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (without battery)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.75 lbs (1.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (with battery)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 lbs (2.0 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 in (L) x 9.5 in (W) x 7 in (H) \/ 34 cm (L) x 24 cm (W) x 18 cm (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years on unit, 1 year on applicators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternational Compatible\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, with appropriate plug adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCombination Therapy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with Mettler stimulators and third-party units (adapter may be required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView All Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/740_Specifications_cdd0804e-f964-4322-929f-72e735cbdc49.pdf?v=1789147655\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Spec Sheet\"\u003eSpec Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/740_manual_dd150b54-2959-4a9b-bc18-8d8aef3666b0.pdf?v=1789147658\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Manual\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/740_brochure_b919ea61-1168-43bf-91a5-3c2c96c89944.pdf?v=1789147662\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Brochure\"\u003eProduct Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Sonicator 740 and the 740-X?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe 740 comes standard with a single 5cm2 applicator. The 740-X comes standard with all three available applicators: a 1cm2 \/ 3 MHz, a 5cm2 dual frequency (1\/3 MHz), and a 10cm2 \/ 1 MHz applicator - all stored directly on the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the advantage of the direct crystal-to-patient applicator technology?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eEliminating the metal interface between the crystal and the patient allows for better ultrasound penetration. Because the device doesn't have to overcome that barrier, it doesn't have to work as hard as units that use a metal interface, which can extend the life of the unit and improve treatment efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 740-X light enough to use for home therapy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes! The 740-X weighs only 3.75 lbs without the battery, making it easy to transport and use outside of a clinical setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the 740-X with a stimulation unit for combination therapy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. All Mettler stimulation units are compatible with the 740-X, and the Sys*Stim 226 is the preferred pairing. You can also use third-party muscle stimulation devices - you'll just need the correct adapter for your specific unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use older applicators from a 715, 716, or 730 with the 740-X?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo. The 740-X only accepts applicators specifically designed for the 740 series. Older applicators from the 715, 716, or 730 models are not compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use a topical analgesic with the ultrasound treatment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, but you must mix it properly with ultrasound gel. Use at least 70% gel to 30% analgesic to ensure the treatment works correctly. Polar Frost is recommended for this type of treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the 740-X in another country?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The 740-X is compatible for use in any country - you simply need to obtain a plug adapter appropriate for that country's outlets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat happens if my unit needs service or repair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eMettler's support team can often troubleshoot issues over the phone and find a resolution without requiring you to ship the unit back. It is rarely necessary to return the 740-X to Mettler for service, minimizing downtime in your practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mettler Electronics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228315726129,"sku":"13-3301","price":2225.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/sonicator740x_lg.jpg?v=1789147666"},{"product_id":"mettler-sys-stim-228-portable-two-channel-neuromuscular-stimulator","title":"Mettler Sys*Stim 228 Portable Two-Channel Neuromuscular Stimulator","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMettler Sys*Stim 228 Portable Two-Channel Neuromuscular Stimulator\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Mettler Sys*Stim 228 is a professional-grade portable neuromuscular stimulator built for clinical versatility and ease of use. Designed for clinicians who need a reliable, multi-waveform device, it delivers four discrete waveforms - Interferential, Premodulated, Medium Frequency (Russian Stim), and Biphasic - covering everything from pain management to functional rehabilitation. Its intuitive controls make setup fast, while adjustable phase duration, frequency, and a full suite of treatment modes give practitioners the flexibility to tailor every session. Weighing just 4.9 pounds with a built-in carry handle, the Sys*Stim 228 is genuinely portable and ready to go wherever treatment is needed. Whether treating a single patient across two body areas or two patients simultaneously with independent timer control, this unit rises to the demands of a busy clinical environment.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour Discrete Waveforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interferential (IFC), Premodulated, Medium Frequency (Russian Stim), and Biphasic - covering pain management and functional rehab needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Independent Channels with Dual-Timer Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treat two separate patients or two body areas simultaneously, each with independent protocol control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Treatment Parameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clinicians can set on\/off times, pulse width, frequency, and frequency modulation for precise, patient-specific treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Treatment Modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surge, Reciprocation, Surge with Reciprocation, and Vector Rotation for enhanced clinical versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTruly Portable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weighs only 4.9 lbs (2.2 kg) with a built-in carry handle for easy transport between treatment rooms or facilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCombination Therapy Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a pin-to-banana adapter, allowing stimulation to run through a Mettler ultrasound unit (such as the Sonicator 740) for combined therapy sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.0\" L x 8\" W x 7.4\" H - fits comfortably on a treatment cart or in an included carrying bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by Mettler Electronics' standard 2-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purpose-built carrying bag and treatment cart available separately; compatible with Mettler EZ Trodes and V Trodes electrodes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSys*Stim 228 Neuromuscular Stimulator unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePin-to-banana adapter (for combination therapy with Mettler ultrasound units)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Sys*Stim 228 is trusted by physical therapists, chiropractors, and sports medicine clinicians who need a dependable, full-featured stimulator without the bulk of a stationary device. Its broad waveform selection means you're never locked into a single treatment approach - you have the right tool for pain relief, muscle re-education, and progressive functional rehab all in one unit. The dual-timer capability is a genuine productivity asset in busy clinics, letting you keep two treatment protocols running concurrently. Built by Mettler Electronics, a company with decades of experience in therapeutic technology, the 228 is engineered for years of consistent clinical performance. Its portable form factor means it works just as well on the move as it does on a treatment cart, making it an ideal choice for practitioners who split time between locations. When you need a stimulator that can keep up with the full range of your clinical demands, the Sys*Stim 228 delivers.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaveforms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterferential, Premodulated, Medium Frequency (Russian Stim), Biphasic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreatment Modes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurge, Reciprocation, Surge with Reciprocation, Vector Rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChannels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 independent channels with dual-timer mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.9 lbs (2.2 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.0\" L x 8\" W x 7.4\" H (32.8 cm x 20.3 cm x 18.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo - ready to use out of the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips standard parcel - no freight\/pallet required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView All Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/228_Specifications.pdf?v=1789147677\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Spec Sheet\"\u003eSpec Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/228_man.pdf?v=1789147681\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Manual\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/228_brochure.pdf?v=1789147684\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Brochure\"\u003eProduct Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I treat two patients at the same time with the Sys*Stim 228?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Sys*Stim 228 features two independent channels with separate timer control, allowing you to treat two patients simultaneously or apply two separate protocols to two different body areas on the same patient at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat waveforms does the Sys*Stim 228 offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe 228 offers four discrete waveforms: Interferential (IFC), Premodulated, Medium Frequency (Russian Stim), and Biphasic. This makes it suitable for both pain management and functional rehabilitation applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Sys*Stim 228 be used with a Mettler ultrasound unit for combination therapy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The unit includes a pin-to-banana adapter that allows you to run stimulation from the Sys*Stim 228 through a compatible Mettler ultrasound (such as the Sonicator 740) for simultaneous combination therapy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrodes work best with the Sys*Stim 228?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eMettler recommends using their EZ Trodes or V Trodes electrodes for optimal performance. Higher-quality electrodes generally deliver a better treatment experience and more consistent conductivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Sys*Stim 228 portable enough for home visits or travel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAbsolutely. At just 4.9 pounds with a built-in carry handle, the 228 was designed with portability in mind. A purpose-built carrying bag is also available as an accessory for clinicians who transport the unit frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this device appropriate for pain management?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Sys*Stim 228 was designed with pain management as a primary application. It offers both Interferential (IFC) and Premodulated waveforms - two of the most widely used modalities for pain relief - while also supporting a broader range of rehabilitative treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mettler Electronics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228318904625,"sku":"13-3440","price":2225.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/sys_stim228.jpg?v=1789147688"},{"product_id":"mettler-sys-stim-240-portable-two-channel-neuromuscular-stimulator","title":"Mettler Sys*Stim 240 Portable Two Channel Neuromuscular Stimulator","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMettler Sys*Stim 240 Portable Two Channel Neuromuscular Stimulator\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Mettler Sys*Stim 240 is a professional-grade, portable two-channel neuromuscular stimulator engineered for clinical versatility and ease of use. Featuring nine discrete waveforms - including Interferential, Premodulated, Medium Frequency (Russian), Biphasic, High Volt Pulsed Galvanic, Microcurrent, TENS (Asymmetrical and Symmetrical Biphasic), and Galvanic - this unit gives clinicians a comprehensive toolkit for a wide range of patient needs. The patented touch-sensitive M Wheel technology makes starting a treatment fast and intuitive, while the high-resolution color display keeps all treatment parameters visible at a glance.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nBuilt-in anatomical and waveform-specific protocols with electrode placement guidance allow clinicians to get patients set up quickly and confidently. The Sys*Stim 240 is designed to grow with your practice - it supports optional laser and infrared light therapy probes, combination therapy with the Mettler Sonicator 740 ultrasound unit, and an optional battery pack for true on-the-go portability. Whether you're running a busy clinic or delivering therapy in the field, the 240 delivers professional results in a compact, carry-ready form factor.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNine Discrete Waveforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes Interferential (4 pole), Premodulated (2 pole), Medium Frequency (Russian), Biphasic, High Volt Pulsed Galvanic, Microcurrent, TENS-Asymmetrical Biphasic, TENS-Symmetrical Biphasic, and Galvanic (Continuous DC).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented M Wheel Technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Touch-sensitive, patented M Wheel interface makes initiating and adjusting treatments quick and effortless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Resolution Color Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Continuously monitor all treatment parameters in real time during every session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Light Therapy Software:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike most competitors, light therapy capabilities are pre-loaded - simply add a laser or cluster probe to activate them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 3 Independent Timers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treat up to three patients simultaneously - two with electrical stimulation and one with optional light therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCombination Therapy Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pairs with the Mettler Sonicator 740 therapeutic ultrasound unit via an included pin-to-banana adapter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable \u0026amp; Protocol-Ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clinicians can select built-in protocols with electrode placement guidance or store their own custom protocols for later use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Design - 4.5 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight construction with optional battery pack (item #7401) and matching carrying bag (item #110) for full mobile use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Parameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set on\/off times, up and down ramps, pulse width, frequency, and frequency modulation for supported waveforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by Mettler Electronics' two-year manufacturer warranty for peace of mind in clinical settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSys*Stim 240 neuromuscular stimulator unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePin to banana adapter (for combination therapy with Mettler ultrasound)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Sys*Stim 240 is trusted by physical therapists, chiropractors, and sports medicine professionals who demand clinical-grade performance in a portable platform. Its nine built-in waveforms and customizable protocols mean you're never locked into a one-size-fits-all approach - every patient gets a treatment tailored to their needs. The built-in light therapy software sets it apart from nearly every competing unit on the market, giving you a pathway to expand your practice's capabilities without buying a whole new device. The ability to treat up to three patients at once maximizes throughput in busy clinic environments, while the optional battery pack means your therapy travels with you anywhere. Backed by Mettler's reputation for precision-engineered rehabilitation equipment and a solid two-year warranty, the Sys*Stim 240 is a long-term investment your practice can rely on.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 lbs (2.0 kg); 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg) with optional battery pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.0 in (L) x 8 in (W) x 8 in (H) \/ 33 cm (L) x 20 cm (W) x 20 cm (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Channels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaveforms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 discrete waveforms including Interferential, Premodulated, Medium Frequency (Russian), Biphasic, High Volt Pulsed Galvanic, Microcurrent, TENS-Asymmetrical Biphasic, TENS-Symmetrical Biphasic, Galvanic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Therapy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in software; compatible with optional laser probe or cluster probe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIndependent Timers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCombination Therapy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with Mettler Sonicator 740 via included pin-to-banana adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery Option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional battery pack available (item #7401)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarrying Bag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional carrying bag available (item #110)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView All Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/240_specifications.pdf?v=1789147699\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Spec Sheet\"\u003eSpec Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/240man.pdf?v=1789147703\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Manual\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/240_brochure.pdf?v=1789147706\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Brochure\"\u003eProduct Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow portable is the Sys*Stim 240?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWeighing only 4.5 lbs, the 240 is extremely portable. You can purchase an optional battery pack (item #7401) which allows you to take therapy on the road without needing an outlet. A custom travel bag is also available (item #110) to carry the unit and its accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 240 offer light therapy capabilities?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. Unlike most other products, the 240 has the light therapy software already built into the unit. All you need to do is purchase either the laser or cluster probe to activate full light therapy capabilities - no additional software purchase required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the 240 with my Mettler ultrasound for combination therapy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The 240 comes with a pin-to-banana adapter that allows you to run stimulation through your Mettler Sonicator 740 ultrasound for combination therapy sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I treat more than one patient at a time with the 240?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The 240 has up to 3 independent timers. You can treat up to 3 patients simultaneously - two with electrical stimulation and one with the optional laser or cluster applicator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use more than one waveform at a time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. You may use up to two different waveforms using separate timers, giving you added flexibility when managing multiple patients or treatment types at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo treatment protocols come pre-loaded on the 240?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. Both anatomical and waveform-specific protocols are included in the device. Each protocol includes an electrode placement suggestion, a description, and preset treatment parameters. Clinicians can also store their own custom protocols for future use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrodes work best with the Sys*Stim 240?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe higher the quality of the electrode, the better the treatment. Mettler recommends using either the Mettler EZ Trodes or the Mettler V Trodes for optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 240 compatible with laser and infrared light therapy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Sys*Stim 240 supports both laser and infrared technology. The light therapy software is already built into the unit - simply purchase either the laser probe or cluster probe to add full light therapy capabilities to your practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mettler Electronics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228332667185,"sku":"13-2990","price":5825.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/sys_stim240.jpg?v=1789147710"},{"product_id":"mettler-auto-wave-695-radial-pressure-pulse-therapy-device","title":"Mettler Auto Wave 695 Radial Pressure Pulse Therapy Device","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMettler Auto*Wave 695 Radial Pressure Pulse Therapy Device\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Mettler Auto*Wave 695 is a professional-grade Radial Pressure Pulse Therapy (RPPT) device - also known as Extracorporeal Pulse Activation Therapy (EPAT) - designed for clinical use in orthopedics, physical therapy, chiropractic, podiatry, and sports medicine. Using a silent built-in air compressor, the unit fires a ballistic projectile inside the ergonomic hand piece, generating high-energy acoustic waves that penetrate deep into muscle and tissue. These acoustic pulses trigger the body's natural healing response, reduce pain, and increase local blood circulation. Short treatment times and a clinician-friendly ergonomic design help reduce hand and arm fatigue during busy clinic days.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Auto*Wave 695 is built for durability and ease of use, featuring a 7-color touch screen display, built-in treatment protocols with visual guides, multiple language support, and on-site repairable components. Whether treating tendinopathy, plantar fasciitis, shoulder pain, or other musculoskeletal conditions, this device gives clinicians a powerful, versatile tool that requires minimal downtime and supports long-term, cost-effective operation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRadial Pressure Pulse Technology (RPPT\/EPAT):\u003c\/strong\u003e Delivers high-energy acoustic waves radially into tissue to reduce pain and stimulate healing - no surgery or injections required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent Built-In Compressor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Internal air compressor operates quietly for a comfortable clinical environment without noisy external air systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7-Color Touch Screen Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intuitive full-color interface with built-in treatment protocols and visual images for guided, consistent treatments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure Range: 1.0 - 4.0 Bar (0.1 Bar steps):\u003c\/strong\u003e Precise pressure adjustment allows clinicians to tailor treatment intensity to each patient's needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrequency Range: 1 - 17 Hz (1 Hz steps):\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide frequency range supports a variety of treatment protocols and tissue depths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Applicator:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand piece design minimizes clinician hand and arm stress during repeated treatments - ideal for high-volume practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOn-Site Serviceable Applicator:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a Reversion Kit for in-clinic replacement of ballistic components - no need to send the applicator out for repair, reducing downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Applicator Transmitters Included (15mm and 20mm):\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes standard with two radial transmitters; up to 6 transmitter sizes (6mm to 36mm) available separately for optimal treatment coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Language Capability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports multiple languages for use across diverse clinical settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Usage Tracking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Onboard software monitors shock count to prompt timely maintenance and protect applicator longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Limited Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by Mettler's manufacturer warranty for peace of mind in a busy clinical environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto*Wave 695 Radial Pressure Pulse Therapy Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e15mm Radial Transmitter (applicator cap)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20mm Radial Transmitter (applicator cap)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReversion Kit (1 bullet and 1 metal pipe) for on-site applicator maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Auto*Wave 695 is trusted by physical therapists, chiropractors, podiatrists, and sports medicine professionals who demand reliable, high-performance tools for their patients. Its silent internal compressor and short treatment times mean your clinic runs smoothly without disruptive noise or lengthy sessions. The on-site reversion kit is a standout feature - keeping your practice running with minimal interruption when routine maintenance is due, rather than waiting on manufacturer turnaround. With a color touch screen, built-in protocols, and multi-language support, training new staff is fast and straightforward. Backed by a 2-year limited warranty and Mettler's decades of experience in therapeutic equipment, the Auto*Wave 695 is a long-term investment that delivers real results for your patients and your practice.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTechnology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadial Pressure Pulse Therapy (RPPT \/ EPAT)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePressure Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 - 4.0 Bar (0.1 Bar steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 - 17 Hz (1 Hz steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.7 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.5\" (L) x 15.3\" (W) x 7.6\" (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-color touch screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompressor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilent built-in internal air compressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Transmitters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm and 20mm radial transmitters (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Transmitter Sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm to 36mm (6 total; additional sizes sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView All Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/695_Brochure.pdf?v=1789147743\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Brochure\"\u003eProduct Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/695_Manual.pdf?v=1789147746\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Manual\"\u003eProduct Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/695_Specs.pdf?v=1789147750\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Specifications\"\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is Radial Pressure Pulse Therapy and how does it work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eRadial Pressure Pulse Therapy (RPPT) - also known in Europe as EPAT (Extracorporeal Pulse Activation Therapy) - uses a ballistic mechanism to generate high-energy acoustic waves that radiate into targeted muscle and tissue. These pulses reduce pain, stimulate the body's natural healing response, and temporarily increase local blood circulation. The Auto*Wave 695 achieves this using a silent internal air compressor to fire a ballistic projectile inside the hand piece, converting kinetic energy into therapeutic pulse energy at the transmitter tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs Radial Pressure Pulse Therapy comfortable for patients?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eMost patients describe the sensation as a relaxing pulsation from the applicator transmitter. The high-intensity pulses travel deep into painful tissues to relieve pain and increase circulation. Treatment intensity can be precisely adjusted via the pressure and frequency settings to match each patient's comfort level and clinical needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often does the applicator need to be serviced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIt is recommended that maintenance be performed after every 1 million shocks delivered. The Auto*Wave 695 includes built-in tracking software to monitor usage. Each unit comes with a Reversion Kit (1 bullet and 1 metal pipe) for in-clinic replacement, allowing for up to 2 million total shocks before additional kits are needed. Additional reversion kits are sold separately, and all maintenance can be performed on-site - no need to send the applicator in for service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many applicator transmitters come with the unit, and can I buy more?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Auto*Wave 695 comes standard with two applicator transmitters: 15mm and 20mm. A total of six applicator transmitter sizes - ranging from 6mm to 36mm - are available for purchase separately, giving clinicians flexibility to treat a wide range of body areas and tissue targets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need ultrasound gel during treatment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, ultrasound coupling gel is highly recommended for use during treatment. The gel allows the clinician to glide the applicator smoothly across the skin for optimal contact, and provides a medium through which the pressure pulses can be more efficiently transmitted into the treatment tissues for better clinical outcomes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat clinical settings and conditions is the Auto*Wave 695 used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Auto*Wave 695 is used across a variety of clinical settings including orthopedics, physical therapy, podiatry, chiropractic, and sports medicine. Indicated uses include helping relieve minor muscle aches and pains and temporarily increasing local blood circulation. It is commonly applied to conditions such as tendinopathies, plantar fasciitis, shoulder impingement, lateral epicondylitis, and other musculoskeletal complaints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mettler Electronics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228363600177,"sku":"13-3420","price":18475.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/695-Radial-Pressure-Pulse-Therapy-1.jpg?v=1789147754"},{"product_id":"mettler-mtd-4000-traction-head-unit-198-lb-max-force","title":"Mettler MTD 4000 Traction Head Unit - 198 lb Max Force","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMettler MTD 4000 Traction Head Unit\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Mettler MTD 4000 Traction Head Unit is a professional-grade cervical and lumbar traction system designed for clinical use by doctors, physical therapists, and rehabilitation specialists. It delivers precise therapeutic pulling forces to gently separate vertebral segments, relieving pressure on spinal discs and surrounding soft tissue. The MTD 4000 supports both static (continuous) and intermittent traction modes, with fully user-definable hold, rest, and treatment times to match each patient's unique therapy protocol.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nBuilt for reliability and ease of use, the unit features an intuitive Yellow\/Green Digital LED display, multiple onboard safety controls, and a high-strength traction cable capable of up to 198 lb (90 kg) of output force. Its versatile mounting design is compatible with most table platforms equipped with a pedestal mount, making it a practical addition to virtually any clinical setting. With the ability to store up to eight custom protocols and three selectable traction speeds, the MTD 4000 gives clinicians the precision and flexibility to deliver consistent, effective decompression therapy session after session.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCervical and Lumbar Traction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides therapeutic decompression for both cervical and lumbar spine conditions, including herniated discs, sciatica, facet syndrome, degenerative disc disease, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Output Force - 198 lb (90 kg):\u003c\/strong\u003e High-capacity traction force suitable for a wide range of patients and clinical applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous and Intermittent Traction Modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clinicians can select static (continuous) or cycling (intermittent) traction with fully programmable hold and rest periods from 1 to 99 seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree Traction Speed Settings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slow (22-25 sec ramp-up), Normal (12-15 sec), and Fast (5-6 sec) allow precise control over how quickly maximum force is reached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 Custom Protocol Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store and recall up to eight complete treatment protocols for consistent, repeatable therapy sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow\/Green Digital LED Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Active display shows all treatment parameters and real-time session progress at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient Safety Switch with Interlock (Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Gives patients immediate control to halt traction force at any time, ensuring maximum comfort and clinical safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Table Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to fit most table platforms with an existing pedestal mount - no specialized table required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Voltage Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Operates on AC 110-120 V or AC 220-240 V, 50\/60 Hz, making it suitable for both domestic and international clinical environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Limited Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Covers defects in materials and workmanship, backed by Mettler's established reputation in therapeutic equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMettler MTD 4000 Traction Head Unit (Main Unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatient Safety Switch with Interlock (#4005)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraction Rope with Hook (#40002)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Cord - 110V Domestic (#40003)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Screws (three long, one short)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour Split Washers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Mettler MTD 4000 has earned its reputation as a dependable workhorse in physical therapy clinics, chiropractic offices, and rehabilitation facilities worldwide. Its smooth, quiet operation keeps patients at ease during treatment, while the robust safety system - including multiple onboard sensors and the included patient safety switch - gives clinicians complete confidence during every session. The ability to program and store up to eight custom protocols means less setup time between appointments and more consistency in patient care. Mettler is a trusted name in therapeutic modalities with decades of clinical heritage, and the MTD 4000 reflects that commitment to quality and precision. Whether you're treating acute disc injuries or managing chronic spinal conditions, this unit delivers the performance and reliability your practice demands.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eME 4000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTaiwan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory New\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC 110-120 V, 50\/60 Hz or AC 220-240 V, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Consumption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 W (max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 A \/ 250 V x 2 Slow Blow (110V) or 1 A \/ 250 V x 2 Slow Blow (220V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Output Force\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e198 lb (90 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTraction Speed - Fast\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~5-6 seconds to reach maximum force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTraction Speed - Normal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~12-15 seconds to reach maximum force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTraction Speed - Slow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~22-25 seconds to reach maximum force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHold\/Rest Period\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-99 seconds (user definable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreatment Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-99 minutes (user definable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreatment Mode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ Intermittent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProtocol Storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8 custom protocols\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 lb (14.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.2\" (L) x 12.2\" (W) x 9\" (T) (36 cm x 31 cm x 22.9 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow\/Green Digital LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePatient Safety Switch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Pin connector, push button normally closed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSecurity System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eError Codes E-1 through E-A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectromagnetic Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIEC 60601-1-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Temperature\/Humidity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-40 degrees C \/ 90% RH max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Temperature\/Humidity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20 to 60 degrees C \/ 90% RH max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Limited - Defects in Materials and Workmanship\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Mettler-MTD-4000-Traction-Decompression-Instruction-Manual.pdf?v=1789147765\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Mettler MTD 4000 Instruction Manual\"\u003eMettler MTD 4000 Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Mettler-MTD-4000-Traction-Head-Brochure.pdf?v=1789147768\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Mettler MTD 4000 Traction Head Brochure\"\u003eMettler MTD 4000 Traction Head Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat conditions does the MTD 4000 Traction Unit treat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Mettler MTD 4000 is indicated for administering therapeutic traction to the cervical or lumbar spine. It is commonly used to help relieve pain associated with protruding, bulging, and herniated discs, sciatica, spinal root impingement, hypomobility, degenerative joint disease, degenerative disc disease, facet and posterior facet syndrome, compression fractures, radicular pain, discogenic pain, and prolapsed discs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes a medical license or prescription required to purchase this unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, the Mettler MTD 4000 is a professional medical device. Before your order can be processed, you will need to confirm that you are a licensed doctor or therapist, or provide a valid prescription. Please be prepared to share this documentation prior to or at the time of purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the patient safety switch included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, the Patient Safety Switch with Interlock (#4005) is included as a standard component. This device gives the patient immediate control during a traction session - pressing it instantly halts all traction force and brings the system to a complete stop, ensuring safety and comfort throughout treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the MTD 4000 fit my existing treatment table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe MTD 4000 is designed to fit most table platforms. As long as your table has an existing pedestal mount, the unit will most likely be compatible. If you are unsure about compatibility with your specific table, please contact us before purchasing and we can help confirm fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the unit support both 110V and 220V power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, the MTD 4000 supports dual voltage inputs - AC 110-120 V and AC 220-240 V, both at 50\/60 Hz. The standard package includes the 110V domestic power cord (#40003). The 220V international cord (#40004) is available separately as an optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I store custom treatment protocols on the MTD 4000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The unit can store up to eight fully customizable treatment protocols. Each protocol can include specific hold and rest periods (1-99 seconds each), total treatment time (1-99 minutes), traction mode (continuous or intermittent), and speed setting (slow, normal, or fast). Stored protocols can be recalled quickly between patient sessions for consistent, repeatable care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are compatible with the MTD 4000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIn addition to the items included in the box, the following accessories are commonly used with the MTD 4000: Traction Patient Safety Switch with Interlock (#4005), Traction Rope with Hook (#40002), 110V Power Cord (#40003), and 220V International Power Cord (#40004). A compatible traction table, such as the Mettler ME4200T, is also available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mettler Electronics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228375953713,"sku":"50-1030","price":6225.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/mettler-mtd-4000-traction-head-unit.jpg?v=1789147772"},{"product_id":"mettler-me4200t-traction-table-with-caudal-section-100-240-vac","title":"Mettler ME4200T Traction Table with Caudal Section - 100-240 VAC","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMettler ME4200T Traction Table with Caudal Section\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Mettler ME4200T Traction Table is a professional-grade treatment table designed for chiropractors and physical therapists performing traction and spinal decompression therapy. Built to address lower back and neck conditions, this table provides the controlled mechanical traction needed to deliver consistent, effective patient care. The ME4200T features an all-new motorized center arching mechanism for lumbar elevation, offering up to 26 degrees of rise to facilitate precise pulling traction forces - especially for prone-position therapy.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nA gas-driven damper strut controls the lower body (3rd and 4th) sections, enabling auto-progressive return during therapy so sections stay afloat and return smoothly to their original position as traction force decreases. With a wide height adjustment range, twin oversized pillars, and retractable casters, the ME4200T is built for demanding clinical environments where stability and patient safety are paramount.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotorized Center Arching Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides motorized lumbar elevation up to 26 degrees of rise, ideal for prone-position traction therapy targeting the lumbar area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas-Driven Damper Strut:\u003c\/strong\u003e Controls the lower body (3rd and 4th) table sections for smooth, auto-progressive return at the end of each therapy session - no abrupt contact with the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotorized Hi\/Lo Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e One motorized actuator adjusts table height from 18.5 in to 35.8 in, accommodating a wide range of patients and clinician preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin Oversized Pillars:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides added structural stability during high-force traction and decompression procedures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-Sided Elevating Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhances patient support and safety during treatment sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual Leveling Feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e All four corners feature independent leveling feet to ensure a perfectly stable surface on uneven floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetractable Casters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Casters at both ends allow easy repositioning within the clinic while locking securely during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin Gas Struts for Head Section:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides solid, consistent support for the head section throughout treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Power Input:\u003c\/strong\u003e Operates on 100-240 VAC, 50\/60 Hz for compatibility in any clinical setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComprehensive Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year on mechanical parts, 2 years on electronics, and 3 years on the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMettler ME4200T Traction Table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-Ease Lumbar Belt System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2x Bolsters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Mettler ME4200T is trusted by chiropractors and physical therapists who demand reliability and precision in their traction therapy equipment. Its motorized lumbar arching and smooth gas-strut return system set it apart from basic traction tables, giving clinicians the control they need to deliver safe, effective treatment session after session. The heavy-duty frame and twin oversized pillars are built for daily clinical use, ensuring long-term durability without compromise. Mettler Electronics has a long-standing reputation in professional rehabilitation equipment, and the ME4200T reflects that commitment to quality. Whether you are outfitting a new clinic or upgrading aging equipment, this table delivers the professional performance your patients and practice deserve.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Input\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-240 VAC, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5 in to 35.8 in (47 cm to 91 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e227.7 lbs (103.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLumbar Rise (Center Arching)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 26 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty - Mechanical Parts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty - Electronics\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty - Frame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCasters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetractable at both ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly \/ Delivery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDue to weight (227.7 lbs), freight delivery is expected; confirm shipping method with our team\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/table_brochureLR.pdf?v=1789147783\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"ME4200T Table Brochure\"\u003eME4200T Table Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Mettler_Catalog.pdf?v=1789147788\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Mettler Product Catalog\"\u003eMettler Product Catalog\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of therapy is the ME4200T designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe ME4200T is designed for mechanical traction and spinal decompression therapy. It is commonly used by chiropractors and physical therapists to treat patients experiencing pain or limited function due to lower back and neck conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the center arching mechanism do?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe motorized center arching mechanism elevates the lumbar section of the table up to 26 degrees. This provides an upward lifting support while pulling traction is applied, which is especially useful when the patient is in the prone (face-down) position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the gas-driven damper strut work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe gas-driven damper strut controls the lower body (3rd and 4th) table sections during and after therapy. It ensures the sections stay afloat and do not abruptly contact the frame during a session. At the end of treatment, as traction force decreases, these sections gradually and smoothly return to their original position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this table ship via freight?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, given the table's weight of approximately 228 lbs, freight delivery is expected. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com to confirm delivery details and estimated arrival time before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the ME4200T compatible with international power standards?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The ME4200T operates on 100-240 VAC, 50\/60 Hz, making it compatible with both US and international electrical standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is covered under the warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe ME4200T comes with a tiered warranty: 1 year on mechanical parts, 2 years on electronics, and 3 years on the frame. Contact us if you have questions about warranty claims or service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mettler Electronics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228391682353,"sku":"72-0223","price":4900.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/ME4200T-1.jpg?v=1789147793"},{"product_id":"chattanooga-tx-traction-kit-with-quickwrap-belt-and-saunders-cervical","title":"Chattanooga TX Traction Kit with QuickWrap Belt and Saunders Cervical","description":"\u003ch1\u003eChattanooga TX Traction Kit with QuickWrap Belt and Saunders Cervical\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Chattanooga TX Traction Kit is a comprehensive clinical traction solution built for use with the Galaxy TTET300 and TTET400 four-section Hi-Lo Traction Tables. At its core is the TX Traction Unit, an advanced digital device with an intuitive touchscreen interface that allows clinicians to replicate the feel and effectiveness of hands-on traction treatment. Fully programmable pull patterns - including static, intermittent, and cyclic traction modes - work to mobilize muscles, ligaments, and joints while decompressing nerve roots and distracting intervertebral discs.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nDesigned with both clinician efficiency and patient outcomes in mind, the TX Unit supports personalized treatment through Patient Pain Profiles recorded before and after each session. Patient Data Cards store complete therapy session data, enabling ongoing, consistent, and tailored treatment plans. The kit bundles the TX Traction Unit, QuickWrap DTS Belt Set, Saunders Cervical Traction Set, and a Traction Stool into one ready-to-use clinical package.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Touchscreen Interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rotates 270 degrees for easy access from any direction, simplifying operation for clinicians in any table orientation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Traction Modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports static, intermittent, and cyclic pull patterns to address a wide range of lumbar and cervical conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient Pain Profiles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Records before-and-after pain data for every session, creating a personalized and trackable course of treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient Data Cards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each card stores multiple therapy sessions including all parameters and session notes; kit includes 5 cards (additional 25-card packs available separately).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 10 User-Defined Protocols:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clinicians can save customized treatment parameters as default or as one of ten stored protocols for quick recall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmergency Patient Interrupt Switch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows the patient to immediately halt treatment and shut off the unit for added safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuickWrap DTS Belt Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal fit pelvic\/lumbar traction belt compatible with patients up to 300 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSaunders Cervical Traction Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e Innovative design that replicates clinical cervical traction and promotes treatment consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with TTET300 and TTET400 Tables:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for Galaxy four-section Hi-Lo Traction Tables (sold separately).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Stool Color Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Traction stool available in several colors to match your clinic's decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStool Options \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey Traction Stool:\u003c\/strong\u003e A neutral, versatile finish that blends easily into most clinical environments. A popular choice for general-purpose clinic settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraphite Grey Stool:\u003c\/strong\u003e A deeper, darker grey for a more modern or contemporary clinical aesthetic. Great for newer facility builds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Traction Stool:\u003c\/strong\u003e A sleek, professional look that pairs well with dark-toned equipment and high-contrast decor schemes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImperial Blue Stool:\u003c\/strong\u003e A bold color option that adds character to a clinic space and matches blue-themed facility branding or furnishings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnee Bolster Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e An accessory inclusion in place of a stool, providing additional patient support and positioning during traction treatment - ideal for clinicians who already have seating and want to maximize patient comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTX Traction Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuickWrap DTS Belt Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaunders Cervical Traction Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraction Stool (color per selected option) or Knee Bolster Set (per selected option)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Patient Data Cards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency Patient Interrupt Switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Chattanooga TX Traction Kit is trusted by physical therapy clinics and rehabilitation facilities that demand both performance and reliability in their traction systems. The all-in-one nature of this kit means your team can get up and running quickly without sourcing components separately - everything needed for lumbar and cervical traction is included. The 270-degree rotating touchscreen and programmable protocols reduce setup time between patients, keeping your practice running efficiently. Patient Data Cards take the guesswork out of follow-up sessions, ensuring continuity of care even across different clinicians. Built with clinical-grade durability and backed by a reputable brand in rehabilitation equipment, this kit is an investment in long-term patient outcomes. Whether you're outfitting a new clinic or upgrading your traction capabilities, the TX Kit delivers a professional, consistent experience every session.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChattanooga\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35-2192\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTraction Modes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStatic, Intermittent, Cyclic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuickWrap Belt Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePatient Data Cards Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-Defined Protocols\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Tables\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalaxy TTET300 and TTET400 (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTouchscreen Rotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrescription Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes - for use under prescription and supervision of a licensed practitioner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the traction table included with this kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - the TTET300 and TTET400 Galaxy four-section Hi-Lo Traction Tables are sold separately. This kit includes the TX Traction Unit, QuickWrap DTS Belt Set, Saunders Cervical Traction Set, a Traction Stool (or Knee Bolster Set, depending on your selection), and 5 Patient Data Cards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat traction applications does this kit support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe TX Traction Kit supports both lumbar\/pelvic traction (via the QuickWrap DTS Belt Set, rated up to 300 lbs) and cervical traction (via the Saunders Cervical Traction Set). The unit offers static, intermittent, and cyclic traction modes for each application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan treatment settings be saved for individual patients?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The TX Unit allows clinicians to store customized treatment parameters as the default protocol or as one of ten user-defined protocols. Patient Data Cards store complete session data including therapy parameters, before-and-after Pain Profiles, and Session Notes - making it easy to recall and replicate successful treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the stool color option affect?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe stool color is a cosmetic choice and does not affect the clinical functionality of the kit. Multiple colors are offered so you can match your clinic's existing decor. If you select the Knee Bolster Set option, you receive a bolster accessory in place of the stool, which adds patient positioning support during treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this product require a prescription to use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. This equipment is intended for use only under the prescription and supervision of a licensed healthcare practitioner. It is designed for professional clinical environments such as physical therapy, chiropractic, and rehabilitation facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan additional Patient Data Cards be purchased?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The kit includes 5 Patient Data Cards, and additional packs of 25 cards each are available for purchase separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Saunders Home Traction","offers":[{"title":"Grey Traction Stool","offer_id":56307124404529,"sku":"35-2192","price":4394.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Graphite Grey Stool","offer_id":56307124437297,"sku":"35-2193","price":4394.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Traction Stool","offer_id":56307124470065,"sku":"35-2194","price":4394.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Imperial Blue Stool","offer_id":56307124502833,"sku":"35-2195","price":4394.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Knee Bolster Set","offer_id":56307124535601,"sku":"35-2199","price":4694.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/API_4759_chatt_us_feb_4759_tx_traction_unit_lowres_1.webp?v=1789503748"},{"product_id":"triton-dts-basic-traction-system-accessory-package","title":"Triton DTS Basic Traction System Accessory Package","description":"\u003ch1\u003eTriton DTS Basic Traction System Accessory Package\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Triton DTS Basic Accessory Package delivers a complete, clinical-grade spinal traction solution for rehabilitation professionals. This package bundles the Triton DTS Traction Unit, the QuikWrap Belt System, and Knee Bolsters into a single, ready-to-use setup. The Triton DTS Traction System is renowned for its inherent flexibility, allowing clinicians to treat a wide variety of lumbar and spinal conditions with precision and patient comfort in mind.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Designed for busy clinical environments, the system prioritizes ease of use without sacrificing therapeutic capability. The intuitive interface, customizable protocols, and fast-setup belt system mean less time prepping and more time treating. Please note that this package does not include a traction table - it is intended to be paired with either the Triton DTS 6M or Triton DTS 6E Table.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTriton DTS Traction Unit:\u003c\/strong\u003e The core of the system - easy to operate with a 270-degree pivoting user interface for flexible positioning at the treatment table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Monochromatic Touch Screen Interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean, responsive display makes navigating settings and protocols fast and straightforward for clinicians.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient Data Cards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Record up to 14 treatment sessions per card and store up to 10 user-defined protocols, enabling personalized and repeatable treatment plans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuikWrap DTS Belt System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deluxe Universal Belt System eliminates cumbersome buckles and belts for faster, more comfortable patient setup - ready in as little as one minute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven A\/P Pull Force Distribution:\u003c\/strong\u003e The QuikWrap system distributes anterior\/posterior pull force evenly, eliminating the slippage common with older-style traction belt systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Fit with Hook-and-Loop Closures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accommodates a wide range of patient sizes quickly and securely without complicated adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThoracic and Pelvic Belt Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with the 1420 Thoracic Belt, 1430 Pelvic Belt, and 1427 Pelvic Belt Extender for comprehensive coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnee Bolster Set Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports proper patient positioning during lumbar traction therapy for enhanced comfort and treatment effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide Clinical Versatility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to treat a broad spectrum of back conditions, making it a highly adaptable tool for physical therapy and rehabilitation settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTriton DTS Traction Unit (with 270-degree pivoting user interface and digital touch screen)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuikWrap DTS Belt System:\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e1420 Thoracic Belt\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e1430 Pelvic Belt\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e1427 Pelvic Belt Extender\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKnee Bolster Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: Traction table is NOT included. This package is designed to be used with the Triton DTS 6M or Triton DTS 6E Table, sold separately.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Triton DTS system is trusted by rehabilitation clinics and physical therapy facilities for delivering consistent, effective spinal traction therapy. Its combination of a smart digital interface and the hassle-free QuikWrap belt system means your team spends less time on setup and more time delivering quality care. The ability to store up to 10 user-defined protocols and track 14 sessions per patient card makes it easy to maintain individualized treatment programs across a busy caseload. Knee bolsters and an evenly distributed pull-force belt system keep patients comfortable throughout each session, supporting better outcomes and higher compliance. Whether you're outfitting a new clinic or upgrading existing equipment, the Triton DTS Basic Package is a proven investment in clinical performance and patient satisfaction.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this package include a traction table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo, the traction table is not included in this package. The Triton DTS Basic Accessory Package is designed to be paired with either the Triton DTS 6M or Triton DTS 6E Table, which are sold separately. If you need a complete DTS system, you would add this accessory package to your chosen table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Triton DTS Traction Unit be purchased on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - the Triton DTS Traction Unit is not sold separately. It is only available as part of the Triton DTS Basic Accessory Package or other bundled configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat belt sizes are compatible with the QuikWrap system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe QuikWrap DTS Belt System is designed as a universal fit solution with hook-and-loop closures, accommodating a wide range of patient sizes. The included Pelvic Belt Extender (1427) provides additional sizing flexibility for larger patients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many patient protocols can the Traction Unit store?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Triton DTS Traction Unit can store up to 10 user-defined protocols and record up to 14 treatment sessions per Patient Data Card, making it easy to manage individualized and repeatable treatment plans across your patient population.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this product intended for professional clinical use only?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Triton DTS Traction System is intended strictly for use by licensed health professionals in a clinical or rehabilitation setting. It is not intended for home or consumer use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/MKT-00-9589-2-US_20REV_20A_206M_20__206E_20USA_20SELECT_20LINE_20DIGITAL_20_5.pdf?v=1789147813\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Triton DTS Catalog\"\u003eTriton DTS Catalog\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this product in stock and ready to ship?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes — we keep inventory on hand and ship promptly after your order is placed. If you have questions about lead time for your specific order, feel free to contact us before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is your return policy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWe want you to be completely satisfied. If you receive a product that is damaged or not as described, contact us within 30 days and we will make it right. Please review our full returns policy for details on eligible items and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo you offer any warranty on this product?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWarranty coverage varies by manufacturer. Please refer to the product description above or contact us and we will confirm the warranty terms that apply to your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Triton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228409377073,"sku":"00-8245","price":5599.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Basic_Traction_Package_be04f081-3ee0-492c-ac4e-9a9437a8e732.png?v=1789147819"},{"product_id":"chattanooga-triton-traction-unit-cervical-lumbar-pain-treatment","title":"Chattanooga Triton Traction Unit - Cervical \u0026 Lumbar Pain Treatment","description":"\u003ch1\u003eChattanooga Triton Traction Unit\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Chattanooga Triton Traction Unit delivers clinically-proven pain treatment designed to address the root causes of cervical and lumbar pain. Built for clinical environments, this device allows practitioners to replicate the feel and precision of hands-on manual therapy through fully programmable DTS pull patterns. With five unique pull patterns and independent timing control across all phases of traction, clinicians can fine-tune every session to match individual patient needs.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Triton's digital high-resolution color touchscreen pivots 270 degrees for easy access in any treatment setup, while Patient Data Cards help track session history, pain scales, and pain mapping over time. Whether managing acute patients or complex lumbar conditions, the Triton Traction Unit is engineered to bring clinical-grade traction therapy to your practice with consistency and confidence.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Programmable DTS Pull Patterns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deliver pull forces that closely mimic the hand-delivered feel clinicians provide during manual therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent Phase Timing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Isolates all phases of pull - pretension, progression, traction, and regression - for precise treatment customization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows ultimate patient comfort and increased treatment flexibility throughout each session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Pretension:\u003c\/strong\u003e Initiates traction therapy with a pretension phase to ease patient guarding and improve comfort, especially for acute patients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive Unique Pull Patterns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes gradient, progressive range of motion, and oscillation options to address a wide range of cervical and lumbar conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e80 User-Defined Protocol Memory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store and recall custom treatment protocols for efficient, repeatable clinical workflows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatic, Intermittent, and Cyclic Traction Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Versatile treatment modes to suit different patient presentations and clinical protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e270-Degree Pivoting Touchscreen:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-resolution color touchscreen interface rotates for easy viewing from any position in the treatment room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-Color Clinical Graphic Library:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes anatomical images, common pathologies, and a detailed belting technique tutorial for clinician reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient Data Cards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Record treatment sessions, pre- and post-treatment pain scales, pain mapping, and pain types for comprehensive patient tracking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChattanooga Triton Traction Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This unit is sold separately and does not include a traction table, accessories, or DTS software. It is also available as part of the Triton DTS Basic System Accessory Package or Triton DTS Advanced System Package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Chattanooga Triton Traction Unit is trusted by clinicians and rehabilitation professionals who demand precision, repeatability, and patient-centered care. Chattanooga has long been a benchmark brand in physical therapy and clinical rehabilitation equipment, and the Triton continues that legacy with a device built to handle the demands of daily clinical use. The intuitive touchscreen, extensive protocol memory, and detailed patient data tracking mean less time managing settings and more time focused on patient outcomes. For practices treating high volumes of cervical and lumbar pain patients, the Triton's programmability and versatility make it an indispensable tool. Invest in a traction unit that delivers consistent, evidence-based results session after session.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChattanooga\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTraction Types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStatic, Intermittent, Cyclic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePull Patterns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 unique patterns (gradient, progressive ROM, oscillations)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProtocol Memory\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 user-defined protocols\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInterface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital high-resolution color touchscreen, pivots 270 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreatment Areas\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCervical and Lumbar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraction unit only (no table, accessories, or DTS software)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Triton Traction Unit come with a traction table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - the Triton Traction Unit is sold separately and does not include a traction table, accessories, or DTS software. If you need a complete setup, it is also available as part of the Triton DTS Basic System Accessory Package or the Triton DTS Advanced System Package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat conditions can the Triton Traction Unit treat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Triton is designed for clinically-proven treatment of both cervical (neck) and lumbar (lower back) pain conditions. It includes clinical protocols for a wide range of pathologies and a full-color graphic library with anatomical images and common condition references to support practitioners during treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many treatment protocols can be stored on the unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Triton Traction Unit supports memory storage for up to 80 user-defined protocols, allowing clinicians to save and quickly recall customized treatment settings for individual patients or condition types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan patient treatment history be tracked on the device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the Triton uses Patient Data Cards to record relevant treatment information including session history, pre- and post-treatment pain scales, pain mapping, and pain types. This supports consistent, data-driven care across multiple visits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes DTS pull patterns different from standard traction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eDTS (Decompression Traction System) pull patterns are fully programmable and designed to mimic the nuanced, hand-delivered feel of manual traction therapy. With five unique pull patterns and independent timing control for each phase - pretension, progression, traction, and regression - clinicians can replicate a level of precision and patient responsiveness that standard traction units cannot match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Triton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228415996209,"sku":"00-4739","price":4599.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Chatt_Triton_Track_Unit_1.jpg?v=1789147829"},{"product_id":"triton-dts-advanced-traction-system-with-accessory-package","title":"Triton DTS Advanced Traction System with Accessory Package","description":"\u003ch1\u003eTriton DTS Advanced Traction System with Accessory Package\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Triton DTS Advanced Traction System is a comprehensive clinical traction solution designed for licensed healthcare practitioners seeking the highest standard of spinal decompression therapy. Engineered to work seamlessly with the Triton 6M and 6E six-section Hi-Lo Traction Tables, this complete accessory package transforms your treatment room into an elite traction center. The Triton Traction Unit delivers fully programmable static, intermittent, and cyclic pull patterns through an intuitive digital touchscreen interface, mobilizing muscles, ligaments, and joints while decompressing nerve roots and distracting intervertebral discs.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Designed with the patient at the center of every decision, the system records Patient Pain Profiles before and after each session, stores up to twenty user-defined protocols, and includes a Stabilizer Pressure Biofeedback Unit to monitor real-time patient response. The result is a personalized, data-driven treatment experience that replicates the feel of direct, hands-on clinical care - session after session. This package is intended for use only under the prescription and supervision of a licensed practitioner.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Touchscreen Interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e User-friendly touchscreen rotates 270 degrees for easy access regardless of unit orientation - ideal for any clinic layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Pull Patterns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Offers static, intermittent, and cyclic traction modes, giving clinicians full control over treatment protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient Pain Profiles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Records pain data before and after each session, enabling an ongoing, personalized course of treatment for every patient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 User-Defined Protocols:\u003c\/strong\u003e Customized treatment parameters can be saved as the default or stored as one of twenty user-defined protocols for quick recall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient Data Cards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five data cards included - each stores multiple therapy sessions, including all parameters and session notes, recallable directly within the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStabilizer Pressure Biofeedback (PBF) Unit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combined gauge, inflation bulb, and pressure cell monitors how the patient's body responds to treatment in real time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmergency Patient Interrupt Switch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows the patient to immediately cease treatment and power off the unit for added safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuickWrap DTS Belt Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal fit pelvic and lumbar traction belts rated for applications up to 300 lbs - compatible with a wide range of patients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnee Bolster Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes as a set of two - eliminates the need for a flexion stool and provides optimal body positioning for multiple treatment applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSaunders Cervical Traction Set Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extends the system's capabilities to cervical traction treatments, making this a full-body spinal therapy solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight: 63.15 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Robust and substantial build quality suited for daily clinical use in a professional treatment setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTriton Traction Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuickWrap DTS Belt Set (universal fit, pelvic\/lumbar traction up to 300 lbs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKnee Bolster Set (set of two)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSaunders Cervical Traction Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStabilizer Pressure Biofeedback (PBF) Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 Patient Data Cards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmergency Patient Interrupt Switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: The Triton 6M and 6E traction tables are NOT included and are available separately. Additional Patient Data Card packs of 25 are available separately.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Triton DTS Advanced Traction System is trusted by clinicians and rehabilitation professionals who demand precision, reliability, and patient-centered care in every session. Its combination of programmable traction modes, real-time biofeedback, and data-driven patient tracking sets it apart from basic traction units - giving your practice the tools to deliver consistently excellent outcomes. The 270-degree rotating touchscreen and intuitive interface reduce setup time and let practitioners focus entirely on the patient. With the included QuickWrap belt set, cervical traction attachments, and knee bolsters, this package covers lumbar and cervical applications without additional purchases. Built to handle the demands of daily clinical use, the Triton DTS is an investment in both your practice's capabilities and your patients' long-term recovery. For any clinic looking to offer a complete, advanced spinal decompression therapy program, this system delivers everything you need from day one.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActual Product Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63.15 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBelt Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 lbs (pelvic\/lumbar traction)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTraction Modes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStatic, Intermittent, Cyclic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-Defined Protocols\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePatient Data Cards Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 (additional packs of 25 available separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTouchscreen Rotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Tables\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriton 6M and 6E Hi-Lo Traction Tables (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse Requirement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrescription and supervision of a licensed practitioner required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this package include the traction table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - this is the accessory package only. The Triton 6M and 6E six-section Hi-Lo Traction Tables are sold separately. This package includes the Triton Traction Unit and all the accessories needed to perform lumbar, pelvic, and cervical traction treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWho is authorized to use the Triton DTS Traction System?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis equipment is intended for use only under the prescription and supervision of a licensed practitioner. It is designed for professional clinical settings such as physical therapy offices, chiropractic clinics, and rehabilitation centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat traction modes does the Triton unit support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Triton Traction Unit supports three fully programmable pull patterns: static, intermittent, and cyclic traction. Clinicians can customize hold, rest, and treatment times, and save up to twenty user-defined protocols for quick patient recall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the QuickWrap DTS Belt Set used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe QuickWrap DTS Belt Set provides a universal fit for pelvic and lumbar traction applications and is rated for use with patients up to 300 lbs. It is designed for quick application and secure positioning during traction treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan patient treatment data be stored and recalled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The system uses Patient Data Cards to store all therapy session parameters, before and after Patient Pain Profiles, and Session Notes. Each card can hold multiple sessions, and session data can be recalled directly within the unit. Five data cards are included, with additional packs of 25 available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Stabilizer Pressure Biofeedback Unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Stabilizer Pressure Biofeedback Unit consists of a combined gauge and inflation bulb connected to a pressure cell. It monitors how the patient's body is responding to treatment in real time, allowing clinicians to adjust protocols and ensure patient comfort and safety throughout the session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Triton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228422484273,"sku":"00-8250K","price":6199.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/00-8250K.jpg?v=1789147838"},{"product_id":"chattanooga-triton-6m-dts-hi-lo-traction-table-black-90-5-x-37","title":"Chattanooga Triton 6M DTS Hi-Lo Traction Table - Black, 90.5 x 37\"","description":"\u003ch1\u003eChattanooga Triton 6M DTS Hi-Lo Traction Table - Black\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Chattanooga Triton 6M is a professional-grade, 6-section Hi-Lo traction table engineered for clinical environments where precision, versatility, and patient comfort are non-negotiable. Built for physical therapists, chiropractors, and rehabilitation specialists, it combines electric Hi-Lo height adjustment with gas-spring-assisted section movement to deliver smooth, effortless positioning for both manual therapy and traction therapy. The table's generous 90.5\" x 37\" treatment surface accommodates patients in prone and supine positions, while each of its six sections can be independently adjusted to meet a wide range of clinical needs.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nAt the heart of its design is a foot\/hand controller that adjusts table height from 19\" to 37\" with a maximum dynamic lifting capacity of 440 lbs, ensuring safe and efficient patient handling. A sturdy frame with four multidirectional wheels allows for easy patient transport within the facility. The head section includes a face hole with removable cover for prone positioning, and tuck-away grab bars enable hanging traction without thoracic restraint. This listing is for the Black upholstery version of the table only - the traction unit and cervical traction unit are optional and sold separately (or available as upgrade packages).\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-Section Treatment Surface (90.5\" x 37\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum patient comfort in both prone and supine positions for manual therapy and traction therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHi-Lo Height Adjustment (19\" to 37\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric foot\/hand controller raises and lowers the table with ease, accommodating diverse patient and clinician needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDynamic Lifting Capacity - 440 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powerful electric lift supports a maximum workload of 605 lbs, suitable for a wide range of patients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas Spring-Assisted Section Movement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Friction-free adjustment of the head, pelvic, chest, and leg sections - accessible from either side of the table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead Section Inclination (-15 deg to +40 deg):\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides easy access to the thoracic and cervical spine in multiple positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePelvic Tilt Section (0 deg to 15 deg):\u003c\/strong\u003e Enables flexion of the lumbar spine and helps address pelvic asymmetry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeg Section Adjustment (0 deg to 45 deg):\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide range of motion supports diverse lower-extremity treatment protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTuck-Away Grab Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows hanging traction without requiring a thoracic restraint, streamlining traction setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFace Hole with Removable Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built into the head section for comfortable prone positioning during manual therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultidirectional Wheeled Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four wheels on a sturdy frame make in-clinic patient transport simple and safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLockable Safety Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included on the foot\/hand controller for secure, fixed positioning during treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Upholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e This listing is for the Black color version of the Triton 6M table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChattanooga Triton 6M Hi-Lo Traction Table (Black upholstery)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoot\/hand controller with lockable safety mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFace hole cover (removable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTuck-away grab bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: The traction unit and cervical traction unit are optional accessories sold separately. Optional upgrade packages (Basic and Advanced Accessory Packages) are available - see product options above.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Chattanooga Triton 6M is trusted by rehabilitation clinics, physical therapy practices, and sports medicine facilities that demand reliable, high-performance treatment equipment. Engineered for years of dependable daily use, its combination of electric Hi-Lo adjustment and gas-spring-assisted section movement puts effortless control at your fingertips - session after session. The thoughtful six-section design means you can position virtually any patient for virtually any protocol, from cervical and lumbar traction to manual mobilization. Chattanooga is a globally recognized leader in physical therapy equipment, and the Triton 6M represents the brand at its best - safety-certified (CE, Class I), durable, and designed with the clinician in mind. Whether you're outfitting a new clinic or upgrading your existing setup, the Triton 6M delivers the versatility and build quality that professionals expect.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor \/ Upholstery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Dimensions (L x W)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90.5 x 37 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Working Footprint with Traction Head (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 x 37 x 31 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Length with Arm Extension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 cm \/ 110 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead \/ Back Section Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMiddle Section Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.6 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePelvic Section Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg Section Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Adjustment Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 to 37 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Section Angle Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-15 deg to +40 deg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePelvic Section Angle Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 deg to 15 deg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg Section Angle Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 deg to 45 deg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg Section Displacement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDynamic Lifting Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Workload\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e605 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePatient Weight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e363 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e428 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAverage Shipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e484 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipment Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92.5 x 37.4 x 31.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMains Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120V - 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax 2A with 120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrical Safety Class\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass I, Type B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety Certifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE, Class I Rule 12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Sections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly may be required; ships via freight on a pallet - see shipping details\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Chatt_Triton_6M_Manual.pdf?v=1789147847\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Chattanooga Triton 6M Product Manual\"\u003eChattanooga Triton 6M Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this listing include the traction unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - this listing is for the Triton 6M traction table only. The Triton DTS traction unit and cervical traction unit are optional accessories sold separately. If you need a complete traction therapy setup, optional Basic and Advanced Accessory Packages are available that bundle the table with the traction unit, QuikWrap belt system, knee bolsters, and more. Contact us for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is this table shipped, and will it fit through a standard doorway?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Triton 6M ships via freight on a pallet due to its size and weight (average shipping weight 484 lbs, shipment dimensions approximately 92.5 x 37.4 x 31.5 inches). A freight carrier will deliver to your location - please ensure you have help available for unloading and moving the table into your facility. The table's 27.5-inch working width fits through most standard doorways, but we recommend measuring your access points before purchase. Contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a shipping quote or delivery ETA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the patient weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Triton 6M has a stated patient weight capacity of 363 lbs. The dynamic lifting capacity of the Hi-Lo mechanism is 440 lbs, and the maximum workload is 605 lbs. These ratings make it suitable for a wide range of patients in a clinical setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the table be used for both lumbar and cervical traction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the Triton 6M is designed to support both lumbar and cervical traction therapy when paired with the appropriate traction unit and accessories. The tuck-away grab bars allow hanging traction without thoracic restraint, and the optional Saunders Cervical Traction Unit (included in the Advanced Accessory Package) provides effective cervical traction at the base of the occiput without TMJ pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat positions can patients be treated in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe six-section design allows treatment in both prone and supine positions. The head section features a face hole with removable cover for prone positioning, the pelvic section tilts from 0 to 15 degrees for lumbar flexion, and the leg section adjusts from 0 to 45 degrees - giving clinicians a broad range of positioning options for manual therapy and traction therapy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assembly required out of the box?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eSome setup is typically required upon delivery. Because the unit ships on a freight pallet, we recommend having trained personnel assist with placement and initial setup. Contact our team at service@omahasportsandgames.com if you have specific assembly or installation questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Triton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228431167793,"sku":"35-2180","price":8849.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Chattanooga_Triton_6M_Black.jpg?v=1789147851"},{"product_id":"chattanooga-triton-6e-dts-hi-lo-traction-table-90-5-x-37-x-31-black","title":"Chattanooga Triton 6E DTS Hi-Lo Traction Table, 90.5 x 37 x 31\" - Black","description":"\u003ch1\u003eChattanooga Triton 6E DTS Hi-Lo Traction Table\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Chattanooga Triton 6E is the most advanced traction table in the Triton DTS line, purpose-built for clinicians who demand precision, comfort, and reliability in spinal traction therapy. Engineered to address conditions such as sciatica, disc injuries, and spinal pain, this fully electric 6-section table gives you complete control over every aspect of patient positioning. Six powerful actuators drive smooth, friction-free movement across the head, pelvic, chest, and leg sections, while heated cushions and an integrated atmospheric LED light system keep patients relaxed throughout treatment.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nDesigned for busy clinical environments, the 6E pairs with the Triton DTS traction unit (sold separately) to deliver targeted, outcome-focused therapy. Whether working with patients in prone or supine positions, the table's six-section design, pelvic tilt, and repositionable headpiece give clinicians the flexibility to fine-tune every session. Tuck-away grab bars, an ergonomic hand remote, and easy mobility make this table as practical as it is powerful.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-Section Fully Electric Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Six actuators power smooth, friction-free adjustment of head, pelvic, chest, and leg sections for precise patient positioning in both prone and supine orientations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePelvic Tilt (0 to 20 degrees):\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable pelvic section promotes lumbar spine flexion and helps correct pelvic asymmetry for targeted spinal alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepositionable Headpiece (-30 to +40 degrees):\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide range of motion improves clinician access to the thoracic and cervical regions during treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeated Cushions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two selectable temperatures - 95 degrees F and 100.4 degrees F - enhance patient comfort and help relax musculature before and during traction therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Atmospheric LED Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 color options plus a fade mode create a calming treatment environment and support a professional clinic aesthetic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTuck-Away Grab Bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enable hanging traction without thoracic restraint, adding a versatile treatment option without cluttering the table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Hand Remote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows easy, one-handed height and section adjustments from any side of the table without interrupting treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHi-Lo Height Adjustment (19 to 37 inches):\u003c\/strong\u003e Motorized height range accommodates patients of all mobility levels and supports safe transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e440 lb Dynamic Lifting Capacity \/ 605 lb Max Workload:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to handle the full range of patient sizes encountered in a clinical setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Full Triton DTS Accessory Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with both the Triton DTS Advanced Accessory Package (SKU 8250) and Basic Accessory Package (SKU 8245), sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriton 6E Traction Table (Black finish)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic hand remote\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTuck-away grab bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeated cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED lighting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: Triton DTS Traction Unit is sold separately. Compatible traction packages include SKU 8250 (Advanced Accessory Package) and SKU 8245 (Basic Accessory Package).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Triton 6E is trusted by rehabilitation clinics and healthcare facilities that require the highest standard in traction therapy equipment. Its fully electric, six-section configuration eliminates the manual adjustments that slow down busy clinicians, so you can focus entirely on patient outcomes. The combination of heated cushions, atmospheric LED lighting, and precise motorized positioning creates a treatment environment that patients return to with confidence. Built to a 605 lb maximum workload and featuring a robust all-electric actuator system, this table is engineered for years of dependable, high-volume clinical use. Backed by Chattanooga - a global leader in rehabilitation technology - the Triton 6E is a long-term investment in your clinic's capability and reputation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90.5 x 37 x 31 inches (total)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable + Traction Arm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e109.8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Table Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85.4 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead\/Back Section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMiddle Section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.6 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePelvic Section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg Section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Adjustment Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin 19 inches, Max 37 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Angle Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-30 to +40 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePelvic Angle Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 to 20 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg Angle Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 to 45 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg Displacement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeating Temperatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 degrees F and 100.4 degrees F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED Lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 colors and FADE option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDynamic Lifting Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Workload\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e605 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e494 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAverage Shipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipment Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92.5 x 37.4 x 31.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMains Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120V~ 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax 2A with 120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrical Safety Class\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass I, Type B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety Tests\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE, Class I Rule 12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional setup recommended; ships freight on a pallet due to size and weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView All Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/20190830_20TRITON_206E_20_20User_20Manualpdf_1erg2so.pdf?v=1789147867\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Triton 6E Traction Table User Manual\"\u003eTriton 6E Traction Table User Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/MKT-00-9589-2-US_20REV_20A_206M_20__206E_20USA_20SELECT_20LINE_20DIGITAL_20_5_811273e9-9ce8-4fd5-9f69-27bf0bf0da03.pdf?v=1789147870\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Select Line Traction Catalog\"\u003eSelect Line Traction Catalog\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/CH21-MKT00-11722-RevA-Triton_20DTS_206E_20Sales_20Sheet.pdf?v=1789147873\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Triton 6E Sales Sheet\"\u003eTriton 6E Sales Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Triton DTS Traction Unit included with the table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo, the Triton DTS Traction Unit is sold separately. Two compatible packages are available: the Triton DTS Advanced Accessory Package (SKU 8250) and the Triton DTS Basic Accessory Package (SKU 8245). Contact us if you need help selecting the right package for your clinic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat conditions can the Triton 6E help treat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Triton 6E is engineered to support traction therapy for conditions such as sciatica, disc injuries, and spinal pain. Its precise positioning capabilities - including adjustable pelvic tilt and repositionable headpiece - allow clinicians to target the lumbar, thoracic, and cervical regions effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the table ship and is assembly required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eDue to its size (92.5 x 37.4 x 31.5 inches shipped) and weight (approximately 550 lbs), the Triton 6E ships freight on a pallet. Professional setup is strongly recommended. Please contact us for a shipping quote and delivery details before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum patient weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Triton 6E has a dynamic lifting capacity of 440 lbs and a maximum workload of 605 lbs, making it suitable for a wide range of patients encountered in clinical practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the table be used for both prone and supine traction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The six-section design, adjustable leg and head sections, and pelvic tilt functionality allow the Triton 6E to accommodate patients comfortably in both prone and supine positions, giving clinicians full flexibility in their treatment approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the table require a special power connection?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Triton 6E operates on standard 120V~ 50\/60 Hz power with a maximum current draw of 2A, so it can be used with a standard clinical outlet without any special electrical infrastructure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Triton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228448993585,"sku":"35-2181","price":12499.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/API_4769E110US_Triton_6E_1400x1400px_-_White_Black.jpg?v=1789147878"},{"product_id":"chattanooga-tx-traction-unit-cervical-lumbar-spinal-traction","title":"Chattanooga TX Traction Unit - Cervical \u0026 Lumbar Spinal Traction","description":"\u003ch1\u003eChattanooga TX Traction Unit\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Chattanooga TX Traction Unit is a professional-grade spinal traction system designed to restore spinal function by mobilizing muscles, joints, and ligaments while decompressing nerve roots and intervertebral discs. Built for clinical settings, it delivers graduated static, intermittent, and cyclic traction that closely mimics hands-on manual therapy with controlled, repeatable forces. The unit can help reduce disc nerve pressure, relieve nerve compression, improve circulation, and promote muscle relaxation - making it a trusted tool for physical therapists and rehabilitation specialists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a pivoting digital touchscreen interface, customizable protocol slots, and patient data card support, the TX Traction Unit streamlines clinical workflows and allows practitioners to deliver consistent, personalized treatment sessions. Its robust safety features and intuitive controls make it an ideal choice for busy rehabilitation practices that demand reliability and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraction Modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports intermittent, static, and cyclic traction to address a wide range of spinal conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e270-Degree Pivoting Touchscreen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital monochromatic touch screen interface rotates 270 degrees for ergonomic positioning in any clinical setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 User-Defined Protocol Slots:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store and recall up to 10 customized treatment protocols for efficient, repeatable sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient Data Cards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Record and store up to 14 treatment sessions per patient, including pain scales and pain maps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraction Tension Range - 0-200 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide tension range with 1 lb increments gives clinicians precise control over treatment intensity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgressive \u0026amp; Regressive Steps:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-9 progressive and regressive steps allow for gradual, controlled ramp-up and ramp-down of traction force.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Defined Hold, Rest \u0026amp; Treatment Times:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully customizable timing parameters with hold (0-99 sec), rest (0-99 sec), and treatment duration (1-99 min).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Safety Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a patient interrupt switch, cervical maximum poundage warning, and audible end-of-treatment signal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact \u0026amp; Portable Design - 30 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight unit at 30 lbs (14 kg) with dimensions of 17.5\"L x 9.5\"W x 17.5\"H for easy placement in any clinical environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by a two-year manufacturer warranty for long-term peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires additional shipping. If you'd like a quote before you purchase, fill out the form on this page or email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChattanooga TX Traction Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatient Interrupt Switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Chattanooga TX Traction Unit is trusted by physical therapists, chiropractors, and rehabilitation professionals who demand precision, consistency, and ease of use in their practice. Its ability to mimic hands-on manual therapy through programmable traction cycles means clinicians can deliver high-quality care even during high-volume treatment days. The patient data card system keeps records organized and treatment progress trackable without extra administrative burden. Built with comprehensive safety mechanisms and certified to rigorous international electrical safety standards, this unit is engineered for years of dependable clinical use. Whether you're treating cervical or lumbar conditions, the TX Traction Unit gives your practice the professional-grade tools to deliver measurable results for your patients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMains Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-240 V, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Consumption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent Consumption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 Amps Max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 lbs (14 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.5\"L x 9.5\"W x 17.5\"H (45 cm x 24 cm x 45 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrical Safety Class\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClass 1, Type B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety Certifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIEC\/UL\/EN: 60661-1, 60601-1-2; CAN C22.2 No. 601.1-M90 w\/A2; cETLus Listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTraction Period\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 - 99 Minutes (1 Minute increments)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHold Period\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 - 99 Seconds (1 Second increments)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRest Period\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 - 99 Seconds (1 Second increments)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTraction Tension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 - 200 lbs (0-90 kg \/ 0-890 N), 1 lb increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgressive Steps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 - 9 Steps (1 Step increments)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRegressive Steps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 - 9 Steps (1 Step increments)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo Years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/MKT002328RevBChattanoogaClinicalTractionBrochure_r3_1ehn2td.pdf?v=1789147890\" title=\"Clinical Traction Brochure\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eClinical Traction Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Chattanooga TX Traction Unit suitable for both cervical and lumbar traction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The TX Traction Unit is designed to support spinal traction treatments for both the cervical (neck) and lumbar (lower back) regions. Its wide traction tension range of 0-200 lbs and customizable timing parameters make it adaptable for a variety of clinical applications and patient needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many patient records can the unit store?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe TX Traction Unit uses patient data cards that can record up to 14 treatment sessions per card. This allows clinicians to track progress, pain scales, and pain maps over the course of a patient's treatment plan without relying on external record-keeping tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat traction modes are available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe unit supports three traction modes: static, intermittent, and cyclic. Each mode is designed to address different clinical goals, and the progressive and regressive step settings allow for smooth transitions in tension that closely mimic manual therapy techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this product intended for professional clinical use only?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Chattanooga TX Traction Unit is strictly intended for use by qualified health professionals, such as physical therapists, chiropractors, and rehabilitation specialists. It is not designed for home or consumer use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the unit require assembly or special installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe TX Traction Unit is a self-contained device that does not require complex installation. It is designed to be positioned in a clinical setting and connected to a standard power source (100-240 V). No special construction or mounting is required, though placement near the treatment table is recommended for optimal workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"TX Traction Unit","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228463182129,"sku":"00-4759","price":3749.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/API_4759_chatt_us_feb_4759_tx_traction_unit_lowres_1.png?v=1789147899"},{"product_id":"kinetec-breva-ankle-cpm-machine","title":"Kinetec Breva Ankle CPM Machine","description":"\u003ch1\u003eKinetec Breva Ankle CPM Machine\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec Breva Ankle CPM (Continuous Passive Motion) machine delivers anatomically correct, precise motion for the ankle and rear foot - supporting recovery after surgery or injury with clinically guided passive exercise. Designed for maximum flexibility in rehabilitation settings, the Breva can be used while the patient lies in bed or sits in a chair, making it easy to integrate into a variety of therapy protocols.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Breva moves the ankle and rear foot through two dimensions of motion, from standard plantar and dorsal flexion to the more advanced eversion and inversion movements. A digital remote control gives patients and clinicians clear feedback and access to therapy-enhancing functions, while a built-in keyboard locking system ensures patient safety throughout every session.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Dimensional Ankle Motion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports plantar\/dorsal flexion (-40 to 30 degrees) and eversion\/inversion (-25 to 25 degrees) for comprehensive ankle and rear foot rehabilitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Use Positioning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used in bed or seated in a chair, accommodating a wide range of patient needs and clinical environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Remote Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides precise, clear feedback and therapy-enhancing functions including warm-up mode and bypass mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeyboard Locking System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents unintended parameter changes by patients, enhancing safety and consistency during therapy sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable ROM \u0026amp; Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clinicians can fine-tune range of motion, speed, and pause intervals at the limits of extension or flexion for optimized outcomes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Reverse Safety Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatically reverses when excessive force is detected on the joint, protecting the patient from undue stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 to 150 degrees per minute, configurable to the patient's therapy stage and tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoot Sizing Adjustability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accommodates foot sizes from 7 inches (19 cm) to 11 inches (29 cm), fitting the majority of adult patients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable Pad Kit Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes supplied with an easy-to-apply patient pad kit for comfort during extended therapy sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Full Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by Kinetec's comprehensive 2-year warranty for peace of mind in clinical and facility settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKinetec Breva Ankle CPM machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDigital remote control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePatient pad kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec Breva is trusted by rehabilitation professionals and clinical facilities for its reliability, anatomical precision, and thoughtful patient-focused design. Kinetec has decades of experience engineering CPM devices used in hospitals and outpatient clinics worldwide, and the Breva reflects that expertise at every level. The intuitive remote control and lockable keyboard mean therapists can set confident parameters while giving patients a safe, hands-free rehabilitation experience.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're managing post-surgical ankle recovery or addressing rear foot mobility deficits, the Breva's dual-dimension motion and wide speed range make it a versatile tool for virtually any protocol. The included pad kit, combined with the machine's lightweight and compact form, makes setup and patient transitions quick and easy. Backed by a 2-year full warranty and manufactured to Type BF Class II electrical device standards, the Kinetec Breva is a long-term investment in quality patient care.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDevice Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType BF Class II Electrical Device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotion Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlantar\/Dorsal Flexion and Eversion\/Inversion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlantar\/Dorsal Flexion Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-40 to 30 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEversion\/Inversion Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-25 to 25 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpeed Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 to 150 degrees per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 lbs (11 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDevice Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength 22 in (56 cm) x Width 15 in (37 cm) x Height 18 in (45 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoot Size Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 in (19 cm) to 11 in (29 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-Year Full Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU (Manufacturer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4621006501\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat conditions is the Kinetec Breva designed to treat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec Breva is designed for ankle and rear foot rehabilitation, commonly used following ankle surgery, fractures, ligament repairs, or procedures requiring structured passive motion therapy. It supports both plantar\/dorsal flexion and eversion\/inversion, making it suitable for a broad range of ankle and rear foot rehabilitation protocols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Breva be used outside of a hospital or clinical setting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Breva is designed to be used in bed or while seated in a chair, making it practical for both clinical environments and home use under the guidance of a physical therapist or physician. Its compact size and remote control storage make it easy to transport and set up in different settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the load reverse safety feature work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe load reverse mechanism continuously monitors the force being applied to the patient's joint during therapy. If excessive resistance is detected - such as the patient tensing their foot or encountering an unexpected range limit - the machine automatically reverses direction to prevent injury or discomfort. This is a critical safety feature for passive motion therapy devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foot sizes does the Breva accommodate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Breva accommodates foot sizes ranging from 7 inches (19 cm) to 11 inches (29 cm), which covers the majority of adult foot sizes. This adjustability makes it suitable for use with a wide range of patients without needing additional accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assembly required, and how is the unit shipped?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec Breva is a medical-grade device and typically ships in a protective box. Minimal setup is expected - attaching the patient pad kit and connecting the remote control. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com to confirm specific shipping method and delivery timeline for your location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the 2-year warranty cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec Breva comes with a 2-year full warranty from the manufacturer, Kinetec Medical Products Ltd. This covers defects in materials and workmanship under normal clinical use. For warranty service or claims, please reach out to us and we will coordinate with Kinetec on your behalf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kinetec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228468588849,"sku":"13-1072","price":6625.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/breva.jpg?v=1789147909"},{"product_id":"kinetec-6080-elbow-cpm-machine-with-remote-control","title":"Kinetec 6080 Elbow CPM Machine with Remote Control","description":"\u003ch1\u003eKinetec 6080 Elbow CPM Machine with Remote Control\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec 6080 Elbow CPM is the original Kinetec-designed continuous passive motion device dedicated specifically to the elbow joint. Built for immediate post-operative treatment, it delivers synchronized and anatomically correct extension\/flexion combined with pronation\/supination movements - providing a more natural and effective therapy experience. With a 135° range of motion and variable speed control, it supports progressive rehabilitation across a wide variety of clinical applications.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Designed to be used comfortably in bed or in a seated position, the Kinetec 6080 features a patient-friendly remote control that puts control directly in the patient's hands. Lockable ROM settings, a load-reverse safety system, and locking wheels make this a trusted choice for post-surgical rehabilitation in clinical and home-care settings alike.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSynchronized Anatomical Movement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combines extension\/flexion (0° to 135°) with synchronized pronation\/supination (90°-90°) for a more natural, joint-friendly therapy motion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e135° Range of Motion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide ROM enables treatment of countless post-operative elbow conditions and supports progressive rehabilitation goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed adjustable from 35° to 135° per minute, allowing therapists to tailor the pace to each patient's needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient-Friendly Remote Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start\/stop and reverse functions are always accessible to the patient, promoting comfort and confidence during therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Reverse Safety System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatically reverses direction if excessive force is exerted on the joint, protecting the patient throughout the session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLockable ROM Settings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents misuse and ensures patients remain within prescribed motion limits for added safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable in Bed or Chair:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flexible positioning options make the unit suitable for both in-patient and outpatient settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Wheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolls easily for transport and locks securely in place during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Full Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by a comprehensive manufacturer warranty for peace of mind in clinical environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Softgoods:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes complete with patient softgoods - ready to use right out of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKinetec 6080 Elbow CPM Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePatient-friendly remote control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoftgoods (patient pad kit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec 6080 is the gold standard in elbow CPM therapy - trusted by rehabilitation clinics, hospitals, and post-surgical care facilities worldwide. Its anatomically synchronized motion sets it apart from basic CPM units, delivering therapy that mirrors the natural mechanics of the elbow joint for better outcomes. The intuitive remote control and flexible positioning options make it easy for patients to use independently, reducing burden on clinical staff while keeping patients engaged in their recovery. Built with safety at its core, the lockable ROM and load-reverse system give clinicians confidence that patients are protected at every stage of treatment. Backed by Kinetec's 2-year full warranty and decades of engineering expertise, the 6080 is a reliable long-term investment for any orthopedic rehabilitation program.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDevice Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType B Class I Electrical Device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtension\/Flexion ROM\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePronation\/Supination ROM\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° to 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpeed Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35° to 135° per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 lbs (21 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDevice Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 in (72 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDevice Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5 in (65 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDevice Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 in (130 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePatient Height Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.6 ft to 6.2 ft (1.4 m to 1.9 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-Year Full Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSetup required - refer to unit and patient setup guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips as a large unit; freight or ground shipping - contact us for delivery ETA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat conditions is the Kinetec 6080 Elbow CPM designed to treat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec 6080 is designed for immediate post-operative treatment of the elbow joint. It is commonly used following elbow surgeries such as total elbow arthroplasty, fracture repairs, or contracture releases. Its 135° ROM and synchronized pronation\/supination make it suitable for a wide range of elbow rehabilitation protocols. Always follow your physician's or therapist's prescribed settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Kinetec 6080 be used at home or only in a clinical setting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec 6080 is designed to be used both in a clinical setting and at home. Its patient-friendly remote control and flexible positioning - usable in a bed or chair - make it practical for home use during post-operative recovery. However, initial setup and programming of ROM limits should be performed by a qualified healthcare provider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the unit come with softgoods\/patient pads?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, the Kinetec 6080 comes complete with softgoods included. If you need replacement patient pad kits in the future, they are available separately under product code US-ITEM00024.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat patient sizes does the Kinetec 6080 accommodate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec 6080 is designed to accommodate patients ranging from approximately 4.6 ft to 6.2 ft (1.4 m to 1.9 m) in height, making it suitable for the vast majority of adult patients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the load-reverse safety feature work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe load-reverse system is a built-in protection mechanism that automatically reverses the direction of movement if excessive force or resistance is detected at the joint. This prevents over-extension or forced movement that could cause pain or injury, making the device safer for unsupervised use by patients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kinetec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228474487089,"sku":"13-1074","price":7645.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/6080-2.jpg?v=1789147918"},{"product_id":"kinetec-centura-cem-elbow-cpm-module","title":"Kinetec Centura CEM Elbow CPM Module","description":"\u003ch1\u003eKinetec Centura CEM Elbow CPM Module\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec Centura CEM is a Continuous Passive Motion (CPM) elbow module designed to deliver anatomically correct extension and flexion in an abducted position. Built for post-operative and rehabilitation use, this device helps restore range of motion with precise, controlled movement that supports the body's natural healing process. With a clinical-grade range of motion spanning from 10 degrees of extension to 135 degrees of flexion, it covers the full functional arc needed for effective elbow rehabilitation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Centura CEM features quick and easy changeover from an existing shoulder pattern, making it a practical addition to facilities already using Kinetec Centura shoulder units. Adjustable pronation and supination in an abducted, rotated plane allows clinicians to tailor the therapy protocol to each patient's specific needs. Trusted by rehabilitation professionals, this module represents Kinetec's commitment to precise, patient-centered passive motion therapy.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomically Correct Motion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides true elbow extension\/flexion in an abducted position, matching the natural biomechanics of the joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange of Motion - Extension:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extends to 10 degrees, supporting controlled early-phase rehabilitation protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange of Motion - Flexion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flexes to 135 degrees, covering the full functional arc of elbow motion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Pronation\/Supination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features fixed, adjustable pronation\/supination in an abducted, rotated plane for customized therapy positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Changeover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily converts from an existing Kinetec Centura shoulder CPM pattern, reducing setup time in clinical environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions - 19.5\" x 11.25\" x 15.5\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact footprint designed for bedside or outpatient use without taking up excessive space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight - 47 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sturdy and substantial construction built for durable, long-term clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCPM Therapy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Continuous Passive Motion promotes joint recovery, reduces stiffness, and supports post-surgical healing without active patient effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKinetec Centura CEM Elbow CPM Module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec Centura CEM is a go-to choice for physical therapists, orthopedic surgeons, and rehabilitation facilities looking for reliable, clinically precise elbow CPM therapy. Kinetec has long been a trusted name in passive motion therapy, and the Centura CEM upholds that reputation with engineering that prioritizes anatomical accuracy and patient comfort. Its compatibility with existing Centura shoulder units makes it a smart investment for facilities looking to expand their CPM capabilities without duplicating equipment. Whether used in a hospital, outpatient rehab clinic, or home health setting, this device delivers the consistent, controlled motion that accelerates recovery and improves patient outcomes. Built to handle the demands of daily clinical use, the Centura CEM is a durable, professional-grade tool that rehabilitation teams can depend on session after session.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5\" x 11.25\" x 15.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eROM - Extension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eROM - Flexion\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePronation\/Supination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed, adjustable in abducted, rotated plane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUPC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e714905113443\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKinetec \/ Fabrication Enterprises, Inc.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a CPM machine and how does it help elbow recovery?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eA Continuous Passive Motion (CPM) machine moves a joint through a controlled range of motion without the patient actively engaging muscles. For elbow rehabilitation, CPM therapy helps reduce post-surgical stiffness, promotes cartilage nourishment, and accelerates the restoration of range of motion. It is commonly prescribed following procedures such as elbow arthroplasty, fracture repair, or tendon surgery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Kinetec Centura CEM compatible with the Centura shoulder CPM unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Centura CEM elbow module is designed for quick and easy changeover from an existing Kinetec Centura shoulder CPM pattern, making it highly convenient for facilities that already own Centura shoulder units. This modularity saves cost and reduces equipment clutter in clinical settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat range of motion does this device support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec Centura CEM supports elbow extension to 10 degrees and flexion to 135 degrees. It also provides adjustable pronation and supination in an abducted, rotated plane, giving clinicians the flexibility to set the appropriate motion parameters for each patient's rehabilitation stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this device intended for home use or clinical\/facility use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec Centura CEM is a professional-grade clinical device primarily designed for use in hospitals, orthopedic clinics, and outpatient rehabilitation facilities. It may also be used in a supervised home health setting when prescribed by a physician or physical therapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow large and heavy is this unit - will it work at bedside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Centura CEM measures 19.5\" x 11.25\" x 15.5\" and weighs 47 lbs. Its compact dimensions make it suitable for bedside use, and the weight reflects its durable, clinical-grade construction. Please ensure the mounting surface or bed frame is appropriate for the unit before setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kinetec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228478812465,"sku":"13-1155","price":3825.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/kinetec-centura-cem-elbow-1227153.jpg?v=1789147927"},{"product_id":"kinetec-maestra-hand-and-wrist-cpm-machine","title":"Kinetec Maestra Hand and Wrist CPM Machine","description":"\u003ch1\u003eKinetec Maestra Hand and Wrist CPM Machine\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec Maestra is the most extensive hand and wrist Continuous Passive Motion (CPM) device available on the market, offering up to 9 anatomical movements that mobilize 14 joints. Designed for post-operative rehabilitation, it provides a comprehensive solution for most hand and wrist pathologies, making it an excellent adjunct to physiotherapy protocols. The device is suitable for patients of virtually all ages and hand sizes, accommodating users from age 7 and up.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Featuring an intuitive digital remote control with individual keys for each movement, the Maestra gives clinicians and patients precise control over every aspect of therapy. An educational DVD is included to guide users through patient setup and treatment protocols, with tips from health professionals on covered pathologies. Whether you are managing wrist, finger, or thumb rehabilitation, the Kinetec Maestra delivers anatomically precise, consistent passive motion therapy session after session.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 9 Anatomical Movements:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mobilizes 14 joints - the most extensive hand and wrist CPM coverage on the market.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Remote Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intuitive remote with individual keys for each movement, providing visual feedback and movement accuracy during therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise Parameter Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clinicians can fine-tune range of motion (ROM), speed, and pauses at extension or flexion limits for improved patient outcomes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParameter Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ability to block patient adjustment of therapy parameters, ensuring protocol compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Range: 150 to 440 degrees per minute:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide speed range supports varying rehabilitation stages and patient tolerance levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient Safety Controls:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start\/Stop and reverse functions are always accessible to the patient for comfort and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedical-Grade Internal Transformer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Internally contained transformer eliminates the need to handle extra components, keeping the setup clean and safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact and Lightweight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weighs only 18 lbs (8 kg) without the case; dimensions of 14\" x 16\" x 12\" (35 x 41 x 30 cm) for easy placement and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Patient Sizing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accommodates all hand sizes from age 7, making it suitable for pediatric through adult rehabilitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Full Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by a comprehensive 2-year warranty for peace of mind in clinical and institutional settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType BF Class II Electrical Device:\u003c\/strong\u003e Meets medical device safety classifications for clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEducational DVD Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Guides clinical staff through patient setup, therapy protocols, and tips from health professionals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKinetec Maestra Hand and Wrist CPM device\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDigital remote control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEducational DVD for patient setup and therapy guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMedical-grade internal transformer (internally contained)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec Maestra is trusted by rehabilitation clinics and healthcare facilities around the world for its unmatched range of motion capabilities and reliable, consistent performance. When you need a CPM device that can handle the full complexity of hand and wrist rehabilitation - from post-surgical finger therapy to wrist mobilization - no other device on the market matches the Maestra's 9 anatomical movements across 14 joints. Kinetec has built a reputation over decades for engineering medical-grade rehabilitation equipment that clinicians depend on, and the Maestra is the flagship of that legacy. The intuitive digital remote and lockable parameter controls make it easy to implement precise, protocol-driven therapy without confusion for patients or staff. Backed by a 2-year full warranty and built to the Type BF Class II medical device standard, this is a long-term investment in quality patient care that will serve your practice for years to come.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDevice Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType BF Class II Electrical Device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpeed Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 to 440 degrees per minute\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (without case)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 lbs (8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\" x 16\" x 12\" (35 cm x 41 cm x 30 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnatomical Movements\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoints Mobilized\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePatient Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll hand sizes, from age 7 and up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year full warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternally contained medical-grade transformer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU (Manufacturer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4621005001\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat conditions is the Kinetec Maestra designed to treat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec Maestra is designed for post-operative rehabilitation of most hand and wrist pathologies. It is particularly effective for wrist, finger, and thumb rehabilitation following surgery or injury, and serves as an excellent complement to physiotherapy protocols. Consult with a healthcare professional to determine which movement programs are appropriate for your patient's specific condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan patients operate the device themselves during therapy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Maestra features an intuitive digital remote control that patients can use during therapy. Start\/Stop and reverse functions are always available to the patient for safety and comfort. Clinicians also have the ability to lock parameter adjustments so patients cannot inadvertently change the prescribed settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Kinetec Maestra suitable for pediatric patients?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, the Kinetec Maestra accommodates all hand sizes from patients as young as 7 years old, making it a versatile option for both pediatric and adult rehabilitation settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included with the Kinetec Maestra?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe device ships with the Maestra CPM unit, the digital remote control, and an educational DVD that guides clinical staff through patient setup, therapy protocols, and best-practice tips from health professionals. The medical-grade transformer is internally contained within the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the warranty on the Kinetec Maestra?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec Maestra is backed by a 2-year full warranty, reflecting Kinetec's confidence in the durability and reliability of their medical-grade rehabilitation equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the device require assembly before use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec Maestra arrives largely pre-assembled. The included educational DVD walks clinical staff through patient setup and proper positioning. Kinetec also provides setup and demonstration videos on their YouTube channel for additional reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kinetec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228487790897,"sku":"13-1168","price":7735.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/hero_product_670x405_maestra_2-1.jpg?v=1789147945"},{"product_id":"kinetec-spectra-dc-knee-cpm-machine","title":"Kinetec Spectra DC Knee CPM Machine","description":"\u003ch1\u003eKinetec Spectra DC Knee CPM Machine\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec Spectra DC Knee CPM (Continuous Passive Motion) machine is a clinically designed rehabilitation device built to support post-surgical knee recovery. Engineered with anatomically correct alignment, it delivers controlled, passive motion to the knee joint - helping to restore range of motion, reduce swelling, and improve recovery outcomes. The wide 10\" carriage accommodates patients of varying sizes, making it a versatile choice for physical therapy clinics, hospitals, and home rehabilitation settings.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Designed with both the clinician and patient in mind, the Spectra DC features a waterproof digital hand control, a patient lock-out to prevent unauthorized program changes, and a load reverse system that protects the patient during use. Dual carry handles and a compact form factor make transport and storage easy between sessions.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomically Correct Alignment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to match the natural movement path of the knee for safe, effective therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide 10\" Carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accommodates a wide range of patient body types and leg sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eROM: Hyperextension to 120 Degrees Full Flexion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full therapeutic range of motion from hyperextension to 120 degrees of flexion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Reverse System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatically reverses direction if excessive resistance is detected, protecting the patient during treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient Lock-Out:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents unauthorized changes to programmed therapy settings, ensuring prescribed protocols are maintained.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15-Minute Pause Setting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows patients to take comfortable breaks without losing their programmed session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Digital Hand Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy-to-use, durable hand control snaps conveniently into the foot support for safe storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Carry Handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Makes transport between rooms, clinics, or home environments simple and secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight: 37 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight enough for portability while remaining sturdy during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKinetec Spectra DC Knee CPM Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWaterproof Digital Hand Control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec Spectra DC is a trusted name in continuous passive motion therapy, relied upon by physical therapists, orthopedic surgeons, and rehabilitation facilities to support patient recovery after knee surgeries such as total knee replacements, ACL repairs, and meniscus procedures. Its patient-centered design - combining anatomical alignment, protective load reversal, and a lockable digital controller - means clinicians can set a program with confidence and patients can use it safely at home. The durable, portable build holds up under the demands of daily clinical and home use alike. Whether you're outfitting a rehab clinic or supporting a patient through home recovery, the Kinetec Spectra DC delivers the consistent, precise motion therapy that promotes faster, more complete recovery outcomes.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarriage Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange of Motion\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyperextension to 120 degrees full flexion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePause Setting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUPC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e714905113504\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKinetec (Fabrication Enterprises, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimal setup; no major assembly required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller items typically ship via UPS Ground or USPS; larger\/heavy items may ship via LTL freight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a CPM machine and how does it help knee recovery?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eA CPM (Continuous Passive Motion) machine gently moves the knee joint through a controlled range of motion without requiring active muscle effort from the patient. This helps reduce stiffness, improve circulation, and promote healing of cartilage and soft tissue after knee surgery. CPM therapy is commonly prescribed following total knee replacements, ACL reconstruction, and other orthopedic procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"patient lock-out\" feature do?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe patient lock-out feature prevents the patient from altering the programmed therapy settings on the unit. This ensures that the range of motion and speed settings prescribed by the clinician or therapist remain unchanged throughout the treatment session, promoting consistent and safe recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Kinetec Spectra DC suitable for home use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Spectra DC is designed to be used in both clinical and home settings. Its dual carry handles, lightweight 37 lb frame, and easy-to-use waterproof digital hand control make it practical for patients recovering at home. Always follow your physician or physical therapist's prescribed settings and usage schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat range of motion does this CPM cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec Spectra DC covers a range from hyperextension through to 120 degrees of full flexion, providing comprehensive passive motion therapy across the typical therapeutic range needed for most knee rehabilitation protocols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this unit accommodate larger patients?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Spectra DC features a wide 10\" carriage specifically designed to accommodate patients of varying sizes and leg dimensions, making it suitable for a broad patient population in clinical and home settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kinetec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228491329841,"sku":"13-1185","price":6115.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/kinetec-spectra-essential-cpm-knee-1253185.jpg?v=1789147954"},{"product_id":"kinetec-spectra-essential-knee-cpm-with-basic-hand-control","title":"Kinetec Spectra Essential Knee CPM with Basic Hand Control","description":"\u003ch1\u003eKinetec Spectra Essential Knee CPM with Basic Hand Control\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec Spectra Essential Knee CPM (Continuous Passive Motion) machine is a trusted rehabilitation device designed to restore range of motion following knee surgery or injury. Built with anatomically correct alignment, it gently moves the knee through a controlled arc - from hyperextension to full flexion - promoting healing while reducing stiffness and pain. Its wide 10\" carriage accommodates patients of all sizes, making it a versatile choice for clinical facilities and home recovery alike.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Engineered with patient safety and ease of use at its core, the Spectra Essential includes a load reverse function that protects patients from excessive force, a patient lock-out to prevent unauthorized program changes, and a convenient 15-minute pause setting. The waterproof digital hand control snaps securely into the foot support for easy access, and dual carry handles make transport between sessions simple and straightforward.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomically Correct Alignment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to match the natural movement of the knee joint for effective, comfortable rehabilitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide 10\" Carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accommodates patients of all body types and sizes without adjustment limitations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eROM Range - Hyperextension to 120 Degrees:\u003c\/strong\u003e Covers the full therapeutic range from hyperextension to complete flexion for comprehensive recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Reverse Function:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatically reverses direction when resistance is detected, ensuring patient safety throughout each session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatient Lock-Out:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents patients from altering programmed settings, keeping therapy on track as prescribed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15-Minute Pause Setting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows temporary stops during treatment without losing programmed parameters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Digital Hand Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable and easy-to-use control that snaps into the foot support for convenient reach during sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Carry Handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Makes the unit easy to transport between rooms or treatment areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight at 37 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact enough for both clinical and home-use settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKinetec Spectra Essential Knee CPM unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBasic waterproof digital hand control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Kinetec Spectra Essential is a clinically proven CPM device trusted by physical therapists and rehabilitation professionals around the world. Its thoughtful design eliminates common pain points - the wide carriage means no patient gets left out, the load reverse keeps every session safe, and the snap-in hand control stays within easy reach at all times. Whether you're managing post-surgical recovery at a clinic or facilitating home rehabilitation, this unit delivers consistent, reliable motion therapy session after session.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Kinetec has long been a respected name in continuous passive motion therapy, and the Spectra Essential lives up to that reputation. It's built to hold up under regular use while remaining simple enough for patients to operate independently. For facilities looking for a dependable, full-range knee CPM that won't slow down your rehab workflow, the Spectra Essential is a confident, long-term investment.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eROM Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyperextension to full flexion (120 degrees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarriage Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand Control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof digital hand control (basic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePause Setting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad reverse, patient lock-out\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUPC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e714905113504\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKinetec \/ Fabrication Enterprises, Inc.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a CPM machine and how does it help knee recovery?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eA Continuous Passive Motion (CPM) machine gently moves your knee joint through a controlled range of motion without requiring any active muscle effort from the patient. This promotes blood flow, reduces swelling, prevents scar tissue formation, and helps restore flexibility after surgery or injury. CPM therapy is commonly prescribed after procedures like total knee replacement or ACL reconstruction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Kinetec Spectra Essential suitable for home use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. While it is a clinical-grade device, the Spectra Essential is designed with home users in mind as well. Its lightweight 37 lb frame, dual carry handles, and simple hand control make it manageable for patients recovering at home, especially when guided by a physical therapist's prescribed program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the patient change the settings during a session?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - the patient lock-out feature prevents any unauthorized changes to the programmed settings. This ensures the device operates exactly as prescribed by the clinician throughout the entire therapy session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum range of motion this CPM supports?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Kinetec Spectra Essential supports a range from hyperextension to 120 degrees of full flexion. This covers the full therapeutic spectrum typically needed during post-operative knee rehabilitation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit require professional setup or assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Spectra Essential is designed to be relatively straightforward to set up. However, we recommend following the included instructions carefully, and having a clinician or therapist guide the initial setup and programming to ensure the device is calibrated correctly for the patient's needs. Please contact us if you have questions about setup assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kinetec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56228493623601,"sku":"13-1189","price":4125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/13-1189.jpg?v=1789147964"},{"product_id":"armedica-am-400-four-section-traction-table","title":"Armedica AM-400 Four-Section Traction Table","description":"\u003ch1\u003eArmedica AM-400 Traction Table\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Armedica AM-400 is a professional-grade four-section traction table engineered for clinical environments that demand precise positional control and patient comfort. Designed for physical therapy, chiropractic, and rehabilitation settings, it features a fully articulating top with three-piece head section for comprehensive postural adjustment. The lumbar section separates up to five inches from adjacent sections and glides along a track, offering targeted support and flexibility that sets it apart from standard traction tables.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built to support patients up to 500 lbs, the AM-400 is upholstered in 34 oz. heavy-duty vinyl with Permablok 3 bacterial protection - meeting the hygiene standards expected in busy clinical settings. With height adjustability from 18 to 37 inches and a single foot control pedal, clinicians can position and transition patients quickly and confidently. It's a workhorse table that earns its place in any serious therapy practice.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity - 500 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports a wide range of patients with confidence and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-Section Top with 3-Piece Head Section:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full section mobility for total positional adjustment across the entire table surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Lumbar Section:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separates up to 5 inches from adjacent sections and rolls along a track for precise lumbar support and traction positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead Section Angle - +45 to -90 degrees:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide range of head and neck positioning for traction and treatment protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower Extremity Angle - 0 to 80 degrees:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broad range of leg positioning to accommodate a variety of lower body treatment approaches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight Adjustable - 18\" to 37\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric or manual height adjustment allows easy patient transfer and clinician ergonomics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e34 oz. Heavy-Duty Vinyl with Permablok 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e Antimicrobial upholstery resists bacteria and withstands daily clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5\" High-Density Foam Padding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides firm, supportive comfort during extended traction sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle Foot Control Pedal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hands-free operation keeps the clinician focused on the patient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite Powder Coat Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable finish with optional custom base colors available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Corners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Safety-conscious design reduces injury risk in active clinical environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAM-400 Four-Section Traction Table\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle foot control pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Armedica AM-400 is trusted by physical therapists, chiropractors, and rehabilitation specialists who need a reliable, full-featured traction table that performs day after day. Armedica has a long-standing reputation for building clinical-grade equipment that holds up under the demands of high-volume practices - and the AM-400 is a prime example of that commitment. The generous height range, precise section mobility, and Permablok 3 antimicrobial upholstery mean you're investing in a table that's ready for whatever your patient load brings. Whether you're outfitting a new clinic or upgrading aging equipment, the AM-400 delivers the adjustability, durability, and patient comfort that professionals expect from a premium traction table.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\" - 37\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop Sections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-section with 3-piece head section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLumbar Separation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Section Angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+45 to -90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLower Extremity Angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 to 80 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpholstery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 oz. heavy-duty vinyl with Permablok 3 bacterial protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoam\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\" high-density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite powder coat (custom colors available)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle foot control pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Traction_20Tables_I08.15.23.pdf?v=1789152625\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Sheet\"\u003eProduct Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the lumbar separation feature and how does it help with traction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-400's lumbar section can separate up to 5 inches from the sections on either side of it and rolls along a track. This allows clinicians to create a precise gap that facilitates lumbar traction, decompressing the spine and targeting specific vertebral segments. It's one of the key features that makes this table particularly effective for lumbar traction protocols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat upholstery colors are available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-400 is available in a range of Armedica standard upholstery colors including Imperial Blue, Blue Ridge, Forest, Black, Burgundy, Dove, Cappuccino, Taupe, Greystone, and Patina. The base is standard white powder coat, with custom base color options (Black, Metallic Silver, Steel Gray) available as an add-on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this table appropriate for patients of all sizes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the AM-400 is rated for patients up to 500 lbs, making it suitable for a broad patient population. The 27\" wide table surface and adjustable height range (18\" to 37\") also accommodate patients of varying stature and mobility needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the AM-400 require assembly, and how is it shipped?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-400 is a heavy clinical table and typically ships via freight on a pallet. Delivery details and lead times can vary - please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for current shipping estimates and to coordinate delivery to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat optional accessories are available for the AM-400?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAvailable options include the AM-91 (adds 1\" extra soft foam for enhanced patient comfort), the AM-804 (paper holder with cutter that accommodates 18-21\" paper rolls), and custom base color selections via the SPCO\/SPBASE option codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the AM-400 covered by a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, Armedica provides a warranty on the AM-400. For specific warranty terms and coverage details, please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we'll be happy to connect you with the relevant documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Armedica","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56229684642097,"sku":"15-1712","price":4650.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/AM-400.png?v=1789152629"},{"product_id":"armedica-am-sp400-single-pedestal-4-section-traction-table","title":"Armedica AM-SP400 Single Pedestal 4-Section Traction Table","description":"\u003ch1\u003eArmedica AM-SP400 Traction Table\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Armedica AM-SP400 Traction Table brings next-generation design to clinical environments with its innovative single pedestal base - delivering rock-solid stability while opening up generous leg room and maneuverability for the treating clinician. Built on the AM-SP Series platform, this 4-section treatment table is engineered to meet the demanding daily needs of physical therapy, chiropractic, and rehabilitation practices. The 500 lb. weight capacity and heavy-duty 34 oz. vinyl upholstery with Permablok 3 bacterial protection make it a serious clinical workhorse built for high-volume use.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Patient comfort is never compromised - the 1.5\" high-density foam surface, rounded corners, and adjustable head and lower extremity sections ensure a comfortable, versatile treatment experience. The single foot control pedal keeps height adjustments effortless, letting clinicians focus entirely on patient care. Available in a wide range of upholstery and base colors, the AM-SP400 can be tailored to match your facility's aesthetic.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 lb. Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to safely accommodate a wide range of patient sizes in demanding clinical settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions - 27\"W x 76\"L x 24-35.5\"H:\u003c\/strong\u003e Generous treatment surface with an adjustable height range to suit clinicians of all heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length - 99\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Extended overall footprint accommodates traction equipment and full-body treatments comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-Section Top:\u003c\/strong\u003e Configurable section layout supports a wide variety of treatment positions and therapeutic modalities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead Section Angle +45 to -90 Degrees:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide range of head section adjustment for precise positioning during traction and manual therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower Extremity Angle 0 to 80 Degrees:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully adjustable lower extremity section for targeted leg and lumbar traction applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e34 oz. Heavy-Duty Vinyl with Permablok 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, infection-resistant upholstery designed for clinical hygiene and long-lasting wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5\" High-Density Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Firm, supportive cushioning that maintains its shape under daily clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle Foot Control Pedal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hands-free height adjustment for seamless workflow during patient treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle Pedestal Base with White Powder Coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximizes clinician access and leg room around the table while offering a clean, professional appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Corners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhanced safety design reduces risk of injury in busy clinic environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAM-SP400 Traction Table (4-section top)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle foot control pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhite powder coat base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The AM-SP400 is trusted by physical therapists, chiropractors, and rehabilitation professionals who need a reliable, high-performance traction table that keeps up with the pace of a busy clinic. Armedica has built a reputation for crafting clinical furniture that combines smart ergonomic design with lasting durability - and the AM-SP400 is a standout example. The single pedestal design isn't just sleek; it fundamentally improves how clinicians move around and interact with patients during treatment. With a broad selection of upholstery colors and optional custom base finishes, this table integrates beautifully into any clinical environment. Whether you're outfitting a new practice or upgrading aging equipment, the AM-SP400 delivers the professional quality and long-term value your facility deserves.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM-SP400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" - 35.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop Sections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Section Angle Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+45 to -90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLower Extremity Angle Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 to 80 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpholstery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 oz. heavy-duty vinyl with Permablok 3 bacterial protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoam\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\" high-density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite powder coat (standard); Black, Metallic Silver, Steel Gray (custom options)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle foot control pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard Upholstery Colors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial Blue, Blue Ridge, Forest, Black, Burgundy, Dove, Cappuccino, Taupe, Greystone, Patina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Traction_20Tables_I08.15.23_1648cdfa-407f-434f-8b1a-feb332013c47.pdf?v=1789152639\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Sheet\"\u003eProduct Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the AM-SP400 and a standard flat traction table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-SP400 features a single pedestal base design that provides greater leg room and clinician maneuverability compared to a traditional 4-leg table. Its 4-section top with independently adjustable head and lower extremity sections also offers far more versatility for traction and manual therapy techniques than a basic flat table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I add casters to the AM-SP400 for easier mobility?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The optional AM-T1024 accessory adds a base with 4 total-lock swivel casters, allowing you to reposition the table throughout your facility while ensuring it stays securely locked in place during treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I customize the upholstery or base color?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAbsolutely. The AM-SP400 is available in 10 standard upholstery colors and a white standard base. Custom vinyl colors (customer-provided) are available via the SPCO option, and custom base colors including Black, Metallic Silver, and Steel Gray can be selected via the SPBASE option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the AM-SP400 suitable for cervical and lumbar traction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The 4-section top with a head section that adjusts from +45 to -90 degrees and a lower extremity section that adjusts from 0 to 80 degrees makes the AM-SP400 well-suited for both cervical and lumbar traction protocols in a clinical setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is this table typically shipped and does it require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eClinical traction tables of this size and weight are typically shipped via freight on a pallet. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for specific shipping details, delivery timelines, and assembly requirements for your location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of the AM-SP400?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-SP400 has a load capacity of 500 lbs, making it suitable for a broad range of patients in clinical and rehabilitation environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Armedica","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56229684707633,"sku":"15-1741","price":5450.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/AM-SP400_550x450_65708ef5-80d2-4549-b5a4-2fa6a6e74f40.webp?v=1789572218"},{"product_id":"armedica-am-sp450-single-pedestal-traction-table","title":"Armedica AM-SP450 Single Pedestal Traction Table","description":"\u003ch1\u003eArmedica AM-SP450 Traction Table\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Armedica AM-SP450 Traction Table brings advanced clinical design together with patient-first comfort in a single, cohesive treatment platform. Built around a single pedestal base, the AM-SP Series delivers exceptional stability while opening up generous leg room and maneuverability for the clinician - a detail that makes a real difference during demanding treatment sessions. The 6-section top with a 3-piece head section offers a wide range of positioning options, from traction to general therapeutic work, making this table a true multi-purpose asset for any rehabilitation or physical therapy setting.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Upholstered in 34 oz. heavy-duty vinyl with Permablok 3 bacterial protection, the AM-SP450 meets the hygiene standards required in professional clinical environments. The height-adjustable design accommodates a broad range of patients and clinicians, while the single foot control pedal keeps adjustments effortless and hands-free. Whether you're outfitting a busy outpatient clinic or a specialty rehab facility, the AM-SP450 is built to perform day in and day out.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity - 500 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports a wide range of patients with confidence and structural integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable Dimensions - 27\"W x 76\"L x 24-35.5\"H:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergonomic width and adjustable height range accommodate diverse clinical needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length - 99\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Extended length provides full patient support during traction and treatment procedures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-Section Top with 3-Piece Head Section:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows precise, independent positioning of each body region for targeted traction and therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead Section Angle - +45 to -90 Degrees:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide angular range supports Trendelenburg positioning and cervical traction applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower Extremity Angle - 0 to 80 Degrees:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enables effective lumbar traction and lower extremity treatment setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e34 oz. Heavy-Duty Vinyl with Permablok 3 Bacterial Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Infection-control upholstery built for the rigors of high-traffic clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5\" High-Density Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides firm, durable patient support that holds its shape through extended daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle Foot Control Pedal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hands-free height adjustment keeps the clinician focused on the patient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite Powder Coat Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean, professional finish with durable corrosion resistance; custom base color options also available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Corners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduces injury risk and contributes to a safer clinical environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAM-SP450 Traction Table with single pedestal base\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle foot control pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e6-section top with 3-piece head section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Armedica has been manufacturing professional-grade clinical tables in the USA for decades, and the AM-SP450 represents that tradition of quality at its best. The single pedestal design is not just a visual statement - it's a practical advantage that gives clinicians the freedom to work around the patient without obstruction. The Permablok 3 vinyl upholstery means your table stays hygienic and professional-looking through thousands of patient sessions. With a 500 lb weight capacity, adjustable height, and a multi-section top that covers virtually every traction and positioning scenario, this table is built to grow with your practice. Clinicians and facility managers who invest in the AM-SP450 get a durable, versatile, and patient-friendly table that will serve their team for years to come.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM-SP450\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" - 35.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop Configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6-Section with 3-Piece Head Section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Section Angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+45 to -90 Degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLower Extremity Angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 to 80 Degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpholstery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 oz. Heavy-Duty Vinyl with Permablok 3 Bacterial Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoam\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\" High-Density Foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite Powder Coat (custom colors available)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Foot Control Pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Traction_20Tables_I08.15.23_efcb9812-db56-4153-93bc-1092a1b16546.pdf?v=1789152653\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Sheet\"\u003eProduct Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the AM-SP450 used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-SP450 is a professional traction table designed for physical therapy and rehabilitation clinics. Its multi-section top and wide range of head and lower extremity angles make it suitable for cervical traction, lumbar traction, and a variety of therapeutic positioning applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I add casters to the AM-SP450 for easier mobility?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The AM-T1024 accessory option adds a base with 4 total-lock swivel casters, allowing you to reposition the table easily while keeping it securely locked during treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat upholstery colors are available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-SP450 is available in a range of standard upholstery colors including Imperial Blue, Blue Ridge, Forest, Black, Burgundy, Dove, Cappuccino, Taupe, Greystone, and Patina. Custom vinyl colors (supplied by the customer) are also available via the SPCO option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the base color be customized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The standard base color is white powder coat, but custom base colors including Black, Metallic Silver, and Steel Gray are available via the SPBASE option. This allows you to coordinate the table with your facility's aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the AM-SP450 come with extra foam padding options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe standard table includes 1.5\" high-density foam. If you prefer additional cushioning, the AM-91 option adds 1\" of extra soft foam for enhanced patient comfort during longer treatment sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assembly required, and how is the table shipped?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eDue to its size and weight as a professional clinical table, the AM-SP450 typically ships via freight on a pallet. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com to confirm specific shipping and delivery arrangements for your location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Armedica","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56229684969777,"sku":"15-1742","price":5550.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/AM-SP450_550x450_4e167256-b9c1-483c-81ec-aa6e3381d87c.webp?v=1789572160"},{"product_id":"armedica-am-sx4000-four-section-traction-table","title":"Armedica AM-SX4000 Four-Section Traction Table","description":"\u003ch1\u003eArmedica AM-SX4000 Four-Section Traction Table\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Armedica AM-SX4000 is a professional-grade traction table built for clinical environments that demand versatility, durability, and reliable patient positioning. Its four-section top allows practitioners to fine-tune patient positioning for a wide range of treatment protocols, making it an ideal centerpiece for physical therapy and rehabilitation clinics. The integrated machine stand is compatible with any traction device, streamlining your workflow and reducing setup time between patients.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Constructed with 34 oz. heavy-duty vinyl featuring Permablok 3 bacterial protection, the AM-SX4000 maintains a hygienic treatment surface through the demands of a busy clinical day. Power height adjustment via a single foot control pedal lets clinicians move efficiently without interrupting patient care. Whether you are outfitting a new facility or upgrading existing equipment, the AM-SX4000 delivers the performance and build quality that rehabilitation professionals rely on.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-Section Top:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enables superior patient positioning and increased treatment versatility for a wide range of traction and rehabilitation protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 lb Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accommodates a broad patient population with a robust, confidence-inspiring weight rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions - 27\"W x 76\"L x 18-37\"H (Overall Length: 94\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Generous treatment surface with a wide height range to suit clinicians of any stature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Height Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single foot control pedal allows hands-free, smooth height transitions during patient treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e34 oz. Heavy-Duty Vinyl with Permablok 3 Bacterial Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clinical-grade upholstery resists bacterial growth and withstands rigorous daily use and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5\" High-Density Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides firm, supportive cushioning for patient comfort during extended treatment sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Machine Stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with any traction device, eliminating the need for a separate cart or stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Corners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth, safe edges reduce injury risk for both patients and clinicians navigating a busy treatment room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite Powder Coat Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable finish resists chipping, corrosion, and the wear of daily clinical environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by Armedica's manufacturer warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAM-SX4000 Four-Section Traction Table\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle foot control pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated machine stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The AM-SX4000 is trusted by physical therapy clinics and rehabilitation facilities that need a traction table built to perform day in and day out. Armedica has a long-standing reputation for manufacturing clinical furniture that balances patient comfort with the practical demands of a professional setting. The four-section design and universal machine stand compatibility mean this table grows with your practice - whether you add new traction devices or expand your treatment offerings. The Permablok 3 vinyl ensures infection control standards are easy to maintain, giving you and your patients confidence in every session. Engineered for years of dependable use, the AM-SX4000 is the kind of investment that pays for itself in uptime, patient satisfaction, and clinical efficiency.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\" - 37\" (power adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop Sections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpholstery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 oz. Heavy-duty vinyl with Permablok 3 bacterial protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoam\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\" High-density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite powder coat (custom colors available)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower, foot control pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMachine Stand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated, compatible with any traction device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional setup recommended; ships via freight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Traction_20Tables_I08.15.23_77daa742-b99d-48fb-8e41-8de0b61eb102.pdf?v=1789152667\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Sheet\"\u003eProduct Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the AM-SX4000 compatible with my existing traction device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The AM-SX4000 features an integrated machine stand designed to be compatible with any traction device, so you can pair it with your current equipment without needing additional adapters or separate carts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat upholstery colors are available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-SX4000 is available in a range of standard upholstery colors including Imperial Blue, Blue Ridge, Forest, Black, Burgundy, Dove, Cappuccino, Taupe, Greystone, and Patina. Custom vinyl colors can also be provided. Contact us to discuss your specific color preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I add casters to this table for easier room-to-room movement?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The optional AM-T1024 accessory adds a base with 4 total-lock swivel casters, making it easy to reposition the table within your clinic while keeping it securely locked during treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the power height adjustment work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe table includes a single foot control pedal that operates the power height adjustment, allowing the clinician to raise or lower the table hands-free. The height range spans from 18\" to 37\", accommodating a wide variety of treatment positions and clinician heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is this table shipped, and does it require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-SX4000 is a large clinical table and ships via freight carrier, typically on a pallet. Professional setup or in-clinic assembly is recommended upon delivery. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for specific lead times and delivery details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the vinyl surface easy to clean and disinfect?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The 34 oz. heavy-duty vinyl features Permablok 3 bacterial protection, which is specifically engineered for clinical environments. The surface can be wiped down with standard clinical disinfectants between patients, supporting infection control protocols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Armedica","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56229686804785,"sku":"15-1751","price":4425.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/AM-SX4000_550x450_52d127b4-064f-4b3c-b125-1d889564af70.webp?v=1789572117"},{"product_id":"armedica-7-electric-height-platform-mount-parallel-bars-single-platform","title":"Armedica 7' Electric Height Platform Mount Parallel Bars - Single Platform","description":"\u003ch1\u003eArmedica 7' Electric Height Platform Mount Parallel Bars - Single Platform\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Armedica AM-TM702 Electric Platform Mount Parallel Bars are engineered for busy rehabilitation and mobility clinics that work with patients across a wide range of capabilities and body sizes. Featuring electric height adjustment from 27\" to 53\" and manual width adjustment from 15\" to 29\", these bars adapt quickly to accommodate virtually any patient. The stainless steel handrails, slip-resistant platform, and ETL-approved construction reflect the clinical-grade quality that rehab professionals demand.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Designed with both therapist and patient safety in mind, the microprocessor-controlled system ensures all four columns operate in perfect synchrony, while the height monitoring function provides automatic safe shut-off in the event of a fall. Memory buttons allow staff to store and instantly recall up to four preset bar heights, dramatically reducing setup time between patients and keeping sessions running smoothly.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric Height Adjustment (27\"-53\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth motorized height control accommodates patients of all sizes and mobility levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual Width Adjustment (15\"-29\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Quickly dial in bar spacing to match each patient's needs without tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 lb Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty construction supports a wide range of patients safely and reliably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Handrails (1.5\" Diameter):\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, hygienic rails provide a secure, comfortable grip during ambulation training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Control Panel Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Conveniently located panel shows exact bar height at all times for precise, repeatable positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-Setting Memory Buttons:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store and recall four separate bar height presets to speed up transitions between patients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSynchronous 4-Column Microprocessor Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensures all four lifting columns move in unison for level, stable adjustment every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight Monitoring Safety Shut-Off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatic switch-off triggers if a fall is detected, protecting both patient and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlip-Resistant Platform (48\"W):\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide, textured platform gives patients a safe, stable surface to stand on throughout therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eETL Approved:\u003c\/strong\u003e Meets rigorous electrical safety standards for clinical and institutional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAM-TM702 7' Electric Platform Mount Parallel Bars (Single Platform)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Armedica AM-TM702 is trusted by rehabilitation clinics and therapy facilities that need equipment capable of keeping up with a high patient volume without sacrificing safety or precision. The electric height adjustment system eliminates the physical strain of manual repositioning, making it easier for therapists to focus on patient care rather than equipment setup. With four programmable memory presets, your team can move seamlessly from patient to patient with minimal downtime. Built to meet ETL electrical safety standards and rated for 500 lbs, this parallel bar system is engineered for years of dependable, daily use. Whether you're supporting post-surgical recovery, neurological rehabilitation, or general ambulation training, the AM-TM702 delivers the clinical-grade performance and patient safety features your facility requires.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM-TM702\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20-34\"W x 84\"L x 26-54\"H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlatform Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"W (Single Platform)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar Width Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20-34\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar Height Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26-54\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectric Height Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27\" to 53\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManual Width Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15\" to 29\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandrail Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\" Stainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMemory Presets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 height settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eETL Approved\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Electric_20Platform_20Mount.pdf?v=1789152682\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Sheet\"\u003eProduct Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between platform mount and floor mount parallel bars?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003ePlatform mount parallel bars include an elevated platform that the patient stands on, making it easier for therapists to work with patients at an ergonomic height and allowing for consistent footing during gait training. Floor mount bars are set directly on the ground and are typically used when the patient needs to practice walking at floor level. The AM-TM702 platform model is especially popular in clinical settings where varied patient heights and therapy types are common.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the electric height adjustment work automatically or require manual effort?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-TM702 features fully electric height adjustment controlled by a user-friendly digital panel. A microprocessor ensures all four columns rise and lower in synchrony, so there is no manual effort required to reposition the bars. Therapists can also store up to four preset heights in memory and recall them instantly with the touch of a button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat optional accessories are available for these parallel bars?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eArmedica offers several compatible add-ons for the AM-TM702, including the AM-714 Abduction Board, AM-715 Balance Beam, and AM-716 Foot Placement Ladder. These accessories allow clinicians to customize the parallel bars for specific therapy protocols and patient rehabilitation goals. Contact us for pricing and availability on any optional accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs professional installation required for the AM-TM702?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eDue to the electric components and clinical-grade construction of these parallel bars, professional setup and assembly is strongly recommended. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com or call us for guidance on installation requirements and to arrange delivery logistics for this equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of these parallel bars?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-TM702 is rated for a maximum load capacity of 500 lbs, making it suitable for a wide range of patients across different body types and rehabilitation needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Armedica","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56229686837553,"sku":"15-1840","price":10125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/AM-TM702_20with_20End_20Control.png?v=1789152687"},{"product_id":"armedica-10-electric-height-split-platform-parallel-bars-2-piece-platform","title":"Armedica 10' Electric Height Split Platform Parallel Bars - 2 Piece Platform","description":"\u003ch1\u003eArmedica 10' Electric Height Split Platform Parallel Bars - 2 Piece Platform\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Armedica AM-TM700 is a 10-foot electric platform mount parallel bar system designed for busy mobility clinics and rehabilitation facilities that work with patients of varying capabilities and body sizes. The electrically adjustable height ranges from 26\" to 54\", while the manual width adjusts from 20\" to 34\", giving therapists precise control over every treatment session. The two-piece, 48\"-wide slip-resistant platform provides a stable, safe surface for patients during gait training and ambulation therapy.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built with stainless steel handrails and a microprocessor-controlled column system, the AM-TM700 ensures synchronized, reliable operation across all four columns. The intuitive digital display and memory buttons allow therapists to store and recall up to four individual height settings, streamlining workflows in high-volume clinical environments. ETL Approved and engineered to handle up to 500 lbs, this system is a trusted choice for professional rehab facilities.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric Height Adjustment (26\"-54\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Electrically powered height adjustment covers a wide range, accommodating patients of all sizes without manual effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual Width Adjustment (20\"-34\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Width adjusts manually to suit individual patient needs and therapy protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 lb Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered to safely support patients up to 500 lbs for confidence in demanding clinical settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Handrails (1.5\" Diameter):\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, hygienic stainless steel rails provide a secure grip for patients during gait and ambulation training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Display Control Panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e A user-friendly control panel with digital readout shows exact bar height at a glance for precision adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-Setting Memory Buttons:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store and recall up to four separate bar height settings, saving time between patients and reducing therapist workload.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicroprocessor-Controlled Columns:\u003c\/strong\u003e All four columns operate in perfect synchrony for smooth, reliable height transitions every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Height Monitoring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automated height monitoring ensures safe switch-off in the event of a fall, protecting both patients and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Piece Slip-Resistant Platform (48\"W):\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide, split platform with slip-resistant surface promotes patient stability and therapist accessibility on both sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eETL Approved:\u003c\/strong\u003e Meets rigorous safety and performance standards for use in professional clinical environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAM-TM700 10' Electric Platform Mount Parallel Bars unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2-piece split platform (48\"W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel handrails\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDigital display control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Armedica AM-TM700 is trusted by rehabilitation clinics and healthcare facilities nationwide for its unmatched combination of precision, safety, and patient-centered design. The electric height adjustment and programmable memory settings dramatically reduce the time spent reconfiguring equipment between patients, keeping your clinic running efficiently. Its robust stainless steel construction and 500 lb capacity mean it's built to handle the demands of daily professional use without compromise. The integrated safety monitoring system gives therapists peace of mind, automatically stopping operation if an unexpected event occurs. Whether you're running a high-volume hospital therapy department or a specialized outpatient rehab clinic, the AM-TM700 delivers the reliability and functionality your team depends on every day.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM-TM700\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlatform Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" (2-piece)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar Width Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20\" - 34\" (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar Height Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\" - 54\" (electric)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandrail Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandrail Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlatform Surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlip-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicroprocessor-controlled, 4-column synchronous operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMemory Settings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 programmable height presets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eETL Approved\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Electric_20Platform_20Mount_e679075d-e6c4-43b4-8da6-5336c4c14655.pdf?v=1789152696\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Sheet\"\u003eProduct Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between platform mount and floor mount parallel bars?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003ePlatform mount parallel bars feature an integrated elevated platform that patients step onto, providing a stable raised surface for gait training. This is especially useful for patients who need additional support getting into position or for clinics that treat patients with significant mobility challenges. Floor mount bars are installed directly on the floor without a platform, which some facilities prefer for a lower-profile setup or when patients can ambulate at floor level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the electric height adjustment work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-TM700 uses a microprocessor-controlled system that drives all four support columns simultaneously, ensuring the bars raise and lower in perfect sync. The control panel features a digital display showing the exact current height, and four memory buttons allow therapists to save their most-used settings for quick recall between patients - no manual measuring or guessing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat optional accessories are available for this unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eArmedica offers several add-on accessories designed for use with these parallel bars. The AM-714 Abduction Board (.75\"W x 94\"L x 5\"H) supports hip abduction exercises. The AM-715 Balance Beam (5\"W x 80\"L x 2.5\"H) adds a balance training element. The AM-716 Foot Placement Ladder (24\"W x 84\"L x 4\"H) helps guide foot placement during gait therapy. Please contact us to inquire about purchasing these accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assembly required, and how is this product shipped?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eDue to its size and weight, the AM-TM700 typically ships via freight on a pallet. Professional installation or on-site assembly may be required. We recommend contacting us at service@omahasportsandgames.com before your order to discuss delivery logistics, lead times, and any setup considerations for your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of these parallel bars?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM-TM700 is rated for a load capacity of 500 lbs, making it suitable for a wide range of patients in a professional clinical setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Armedica","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56229686903089,"sku":"15-1841","price":11150.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/AM-TM700_20with_20End_20Control.png?v=1789152701"},{"product_id":"armedica-15-electric-height-adjustable-platform-mount-parallel-bars","title":"Armedica 15' Electric Height Adjustable Platform Mount Parallel Bars","description":"\u003ch1\u003eArmedica 15' Electric Height Split Platform Mount Parallel Bars, 3 Piece Platform\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Armedica AM-TM703 is a professional-grade, electrically height-adjustable platform mount parallel bar system designed for high-volume rehabilitation and mobility clinics. Spanning 15 feet with a 3-piece, 48\"-wide slip-resistant platform, it accommodates patients of varying body sizes and capability levels with ease. Electric height adjustment from 26\" to 54\" - combined with manual width adjustment from 20\" to 34\" - gives therapists precise, effortless control over the treatment environment.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built for clinical reliability, the AM-TM703 features a microprocessor control unit that keeps all four columns synchronized during adjustment, plus height monitoring that triggers a safe automatic shut-off if a fall is detected. The stainless steel handrails, digital height display, and four-setting memory function make this system as intuitive as it is durable - a smart investment for any serious rehab facility.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric Height Adjustment (26\" - 54\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Smoothly raises and lowers bar height at the touch of a button, accommodating patients of all sizes without manual effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual Width Adjustment (20\" - 34\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Quickly configures bar width to fit individual patient needs and body types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 lb Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty construction supports a wide range of patients safely and confidently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Handrails (1.5\" Diameter):\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-resistant rails provide a firm, hygienic grip for patients during ambulation training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Height Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Conveniently located control panel shows the exact bar height in real time for precise, repeatable setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-Setting Memory Buttons:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store and instantly recall four separate bar height configurations - ideal for clinics treating multiple patients back-to-back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSynchronized Microprocessor Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensures all four columns move in unison during adjustment, preventing uneven or unsafe positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Shut-Off \/ Height Monitoring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in fall detection triggers an automatic safe switch-off to protect patients during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-Piece Slip-Resistant Platform (48\" Wide):\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides a stable, non-slip surface for patients throughout the full 180\" length of the bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eETL Approved:\u003c\/strong\u003e Meets rigorous electrical safety standards for use in clinical and institutional environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAM-TM703 15' 2-Piece Electric Platform Mount Parallel Bar System\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3-Piece slip-resistant platform (48\" wide)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel handrails (1.5\" diameter)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDigital control panel with memory buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicroprocessor control unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Armedica AM-TM703 is trusted by rehabilitation clinics and physical therapy facilities that demand the best in patient safety and operational efficiency. Its electric height adjustment eliminates the physical strain of manual repositioning, letting therapists focus entirely on patient care rather than equipment setup. The four-setting memory system is a game-changer for busy practices - patient profiles can be recalled instantly, reducing downtime between sessions. Armedica's synchronized four-column drive and automatic safety shut-off reflect a genuine commitment to patient protection that clinicians can depend on day after day. Built to handle the demands of a high-volume rehab environment, this parallel bar system is engineered to deliver years of reliable, consistent performance. If your clinic treats patients with varying mobility needs, the AM-TM703 is the professional-grade solution that will serve your team and your patients for the long haul.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM-TM703\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180\" (15 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar Width Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20\" - 34\" (manual adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar Height Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\" - 54\" (electric adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlatform Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlatform Configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Piece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandrail Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandrail Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric (4-column synchronized)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMemory Settings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight monitoring, automatic safe shut-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eETL Approved\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Electric_20Platform_20Mount_853be0ea-e98f-4d51-9062-de82e2417a20.pdf?v=1789152709\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Product Sheet\"\u003eProduct Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between platform mount and floor mount parallel bars?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003ePlatform mount parallel bars include an integrated raised platform that patients stand or walk on during therapy. This elevated surface makes it easier to assist patients and provides a defined, non-slip walking path. Floor mount bars are installed directly to the floor without a raised platform and are typically used when the platform is not required for the patient population being served.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the bar height be adjusted while a patient is using the bars?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe electric height adjustment system is designed for easy repositioning, but any adjustments during active patient use should be made with caution and under the direct supervision of a trained therapist. The built-in height monitoring and safety shut-off feature adds a layer of protection, but standard clinical protocols should always be followed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are available for the AM-TM703?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eSeveral optional accessories are available to expand the functionality of this parallel bar system. These include the AM-714 Abduction Board (.75\"W x 94\"L x 5\"H), the AM-715 Balance Beam (5\"W x 80\"L x 2.5\"H), and the AM-716 Foot Placement Ladder (24\"W x 84\"L x 4\"H). Contact us to add any of these options to your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit require professional installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eDue to its size, electrical components, and clinical application, professional installation is strongly recommended. The unit should be set up by qualified personnel familiar with rehab equipment and electrical safety requirements. Please contact us or Armedica directly for installation guidance specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the memory function work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe control panel includes four memory buttons, each of which can store a specific bar height setting. Once programmed, a therapist can recall a patient's preferred height instantly with a single button press - eliminating the need to manually adjust and re-measure between sessions. This is especially useful in high-volume clinics treating multiple patients with different needs throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Armedica","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56229688901937,"sku":"15-1842","price":12150.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/AMTM_20703-1.png?v=1789152714"},{"product_id":"cando-theraputty-standard-exercise-putty-50-lb-bulk-container","title":"CanDo TheraPutty Standard Exercise Putty - 50 lb Bulk Container","description":"\u003ch1\u003eCanDo TheraPutty Standard Exercise Putty - 50 lb Bulk Container\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  CanDo TheraPutty is the industry standard in resistive hand exercise material, trusted by more doctors, therapists, hospitals, and clinics than any other brand. This 50 lb bulk container is designed specifically for clinical and institutional settings, allowing facilities to distribute the right resistance to each patient as needed. Each squeeze, pinch, stretch, grip, and twist helps strengthen hand muscles, improve fine motor skills, and support recovery for patients across all stages of rehabilitation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Available in six color-coded resistance levels - from XX-Soft to X-Firm - TheraPutty enables progressive therapy programs tailored to individual patient needs. The large, easy-to-open container makes dispensing simple and efficient in busy clinic, hospital, or therapy center environments. Whether used in physical therapy, occupational therapy, sports rehab, or at-home hand strengthening routines, TheraPutty delivers consistent, reliable performance every time.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustry-Leading Brand:\u003c\/strong\u003e The most trusted hand therapy putty among doctors, therapists, hospitals, and clinics nationwide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 lb Bulk Container:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large-format container ideal for clinics, hospitals, and therapy centers to dispense as needed for individualized care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix Color-Coded Resistance Levels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tan (XX-Soft), Yellow (X-Soft), Red (Soft), Green (Medium), Blue (Firm), and Black (X-Firm) for progressive strength training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip \u0026amp; Fine Motor Rehabilitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Effective for grip strengthening, pinch strength, fine motor skill development, and stress relief exercises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWill Not Dry Out:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specially formulated to resist drying or crumbling, ensuring long-lasting, consistent performance across repeated use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe \u0026amp; Non-Toxic Formula:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gluten-free, latex-free, and casein-free; non-toxic if swallowed, making it safe for all patient populations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable Therapy Progression:\u003c\/strong\u003e Increase workout intensity by advancing resistance levels, increasing quantity used, or adding more repetitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Exercise Guide Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Access an illustrated guide featuring nearly a dozen exercises to help patients maximize therapy benefits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Puttycise Tools:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with Puttycise accessories (sold separately) to support targeted functional rehabilitation activities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad Clinical Applications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Used in physical therapy, occupational therapy, sports rehabilitation, and at-home hand strengthening programs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eResistance Level Options \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTan - XX Soft:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lightest resistance level, ideal for patients beginning rehabilitation, those with significant weakness, or individuals recovering from injury or surgery who need the gentlest starting point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow - X Soft:\u003c\/strong\u003e A step up from XX-Soft, this level suits early-stage rehab patients who have built minimal baseline strength and are ready for a slight increase in resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed - Soft:\u003c\/strong\u003e A moderate-light resistance for patients progressing through early rehabilitation or those maintaining general hand health and dexterity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen - Medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e The most commonly used resistance, appropriate for general hand strengthening, ongoing maintenance therapy, and patients at mid-level rehabilitation stages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue - Firm:\u003c\/strong\u003e A challenging resistance for patients with good foundational strength who are working toward advanced grip and pinch goals or nearing the end of a rehab program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack - X Firm:\u003c\/strong\u003e The highest resistance level, designed for patients who have fully progressed through therapy or athletes focused on maximum grip strength and hand conditioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x 50 lb container of CanDo TheraPutty (resistance level of choice)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAccess to free illustrated exercise guide (available online)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  CanDo TheraPutty has earned its place as the go-to rehabilitation tool for clinics, hospitals, schools, and therapy centers across the country. The 50 lb bulk container is an exceptional value for high-volume settings where therapists need a reliable supply on hand to meet every patient's individual resistance needs. With a formula engineered never to dry out or crumble, you can count on consistent performance session after session, patient after patient.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The six color-coded resistance levels take the guesswork out of progressive therapy, making it easy for practitioners to track and advance each patient's program with confidence. TheraPutty's safe, non-toxic, allergy-conscious formula means it can be used with virtually any patient population without concern. For facilities that demand the best in hand therapy materials, TheraPutty is the trusted, time-tested choice that professionals rely on every day.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainer Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb (ships at 51.0 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\" x 12\" x 14\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResistance Levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTan (XX-Soft), Yellow (X-Soft), Red (Soft), Green (Medium), Blue (Firm), Black (X-Firm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLatex-Free\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGluten-Free\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCasein-Free\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNon-Toxic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes - non-toxic if swallowed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanDo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUPC (Tan\/XX-Soft)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e714905007896\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUPC (Yellow\/X-Soft)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e714905007902\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUPC (Red\/Soft)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e714905007919\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUPC (Green\/Medium)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e714905007926\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUPC (Blue\/Firm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e714905007933\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUPC (Black\/X-Firm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e714905008008\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much putty should I dispense per patient?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe appropriate amount varies by exercise type and patient need, but a typical individual portion is 2-6 oz per session. The 50 lb bulk container is specifically designed for clinical distribution, allowing therapists to portion out exactly the right amount for each patient's prescribed exercises. Refer to the included exercise guide for recommendations by exercise type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I know which resistance level to start with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eResistance level selection should be guided by the treating therapist based on the patient's current hand strength, diagnosis, and rehabilitation goals. As a general guideline, patients just beginning rehab or with significant weakness typically start with Tan (XX-Soft) or Yellow (X-Soft), while those in maintenance or advanced therapy may use Green (Medium) through Black (X-Firm). The color-coded system makes it easy to progress patients systematically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the putty dry out if not stored properly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eCanDo TheraPutty is specifically formulated to resist drying out and will not crumble with normal use. To maintain optimal consistency, store putty in the sealed container when not in use and keep it at room temperature. Avoid exposure to extreme heat or cold for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs TheraPutty safe for pediatric patients or patients with allergies?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. TheraPutty is gluten-free, latex-free, and casein-free, and is non-toxic if swallowed, making it appropriate for a wide range of patient populations including children and those with common food or material sensitivities. Always consult with a healthcare provider for specific allergy concerns before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan TheraPutty be used at home, or is it only for clinical settings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eTheraPutty is used both in clinical settings and for at-home therapy programs. While the 50 lb bulk container is primarily intended for clinics, hospitals, and therapy centers to dispense from, individual patients can absolutely use TheraPutty at home as part of a prescribed home exercise program. Smaller individual-sized containers are also available if a home-use quantity is more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are Puttycise Tools and do I need them?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003ePuttycise Tools are accessories designed to be used with therapy putty to simulate functional hand and finger activities - such as turning, pinching, and gripping everyday objects. They are sold separately and are not required to use TheraPutty, but they can significantly enhance the variety and functional relevance of a therapy program. Ask your therapist if Puttycise Tools would benefit your patients' rehabilitation goals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"TheraPutty","offers":[{"title":"XX Soft - Tan \/ Standard","offer_id":56274641715505,"sku":"10-1460","price":749.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XX Soft - Tan \/ Antimicrobrial","offer_id":56289407467825,"sku":"10-2660","price":799.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"X Soft - Yellow \/ Standard","offer_id":56274641912113,"sku":"10-1461","price":749.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"X Soft - Yellow \/ Antimicrobrial","offer_id":56289407500593,"sku":"10-2661","price":799.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Soft - Red \/ Standard","offer_id":56274642108721,"sku":"10-1462","price":749.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Soft - Red \/ Antimicrobrial","offer_id":56289407533361,"sku":"10-2662","price":799.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium - Green \/ Standard","offer_id":56274642305329,"sku":"10-1463","price":749.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium - Green \/ Antimicrobrial","offer_id":56289407566129,"sku":"10-2663","price":799.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Firm - Blue \/ Standard","offer_id":56274642501937,"sku":"10-1464","price":749.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Firm - Blue \/ Antimicrobrial","offer_id":56289407598897,"sku":"10-2664","price":799.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"X Firm - Black \/ Standard","offer_id":56274642698545,"sku":"10-1473","price":749.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"X Firm - Black \/ Antimicrobrial","offer_id":56289407631665,"sku":"10-2665","price":799.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/theraputty-exercise-rehabiliation-tan-xx-soft-10-1460_inuse.jpg?v=1789405059"},{"product_id":"mettler-sonicator-740-therapeutic-ultrasound-unit-with-5cm2-1-3mhz-applicator-uiastm-tool-and-o-ring","title":"Mettler Sonicator 740 Therapeutic Ultrasound Unit with 5cm2 1\/3MHz Applicator, UIASTM Tool and O-ring","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMettler Sonicator 740 Therapeutic Ultrasound Unit with 5cm2 1\/3MHz Applicator, UIASTM Tool and O-ring\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Mettler Sonicator 740 is a professional-grade 1 and 3 MHz therapeutic ultrasound unit trusted by clinicians and rehabilitation specialists. It comes standard with a 5cm2 dual-frequency applicator, a UIASTM (Soni*Tool) instrument-assisted ultrasound tool, and an O-ring, making it a complete clinical solution right out of the box. Designed for both in-clinic and on-the-go use, the 740 is lightweight and portable with an optional rechargeable lithium ion battery pack that untethers you from the wall entirely.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nMettler's patented Direct Crystal-to-Patient technology eliminates the metal interface found in competing devices, allowing ultrasound energy to penetrate more effectively without the unit having to work harder. The Universal Applicator Cable detaches from both ends, making applicator swaps fast and reducing long-term wear on the device. Large soft-touch controls and a backlit display make setup intuitive, even in low-light clinical environments.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Frequency (1 \u0026amp; 3 MHz):\u003c\/strong\u003e Treat both superficial and deeper tissues with a single device using the included 5cm2 applicator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Crystal-to-Patient Technology (Patented):\u003c\/strong\u003e No metal interface between crystal and patient allows for superior ultrasound penetration and more efficient energy delivery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Applicator Cable (Patented):\u003c\/strong\u003e Detaches from both ends of the cable - the only truly detachable cable on the market - for fast, easy applicator changes that reduce service time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes UIASTM Soni*Tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e Instrument-assisted ultrasound (UIASTM) tool included for instrument-assisted soft tissue mobilization combined with ultrasound therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatertight Applicator:\u003c\/strong\u003e All Sonicator 740 applicators are watertight, enabling underwater ultrasound therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Portable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weighs only \u003cstrong\u003e3.75 lbs (1.7 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e without battery - easy to carry between patients or treatment rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Rechargeable Lithium Ion Battery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add-on battery pack enables fully mobile, cord-free therapy anywhere, including home visits and travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Soft-Touch Controls \u0026amp; Backlit Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy-to-read display shows all treatment parameters; intuitive controls speed up treatment setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable Applicator System:\u003c\/strong\u003e All 740-series applicators (1cm2 \/ 3MHz, 5cm2 1\/3MHz, 10cm2 \/ 1MHz) are interchangeable and can be added at any time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by a 2-year unit warranty and 1 year on applicators, with phone-based troubleshooting support available from Mettler.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSonicator 740 therapeutic ultrasound unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5cm2 dual-frequency (1 \u0026amp; 3 MHz) applicator (ME740)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUIASTM Soni*Tool (instrument-assisted ultrasound tool)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eO-ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal applicator cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Sonicator 740 has been a go-to therapeutic ultrasound unit for physical therapists, chiropractors, and rehabilitation professionals for years. Mettler Electronics built a reputation on quality and practicality, and the 740 reflects that in every detail - from the patented crystal-to-patient applicator to the tool-free cable system that keeps your clinic running without unnecessary downtime. At just 3.75 pounds, it's one of the most portable professional ultrasound units on the market, equally at home in a busy outpatient clinic or a mobile therapy setting.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe inclusion of the UIASTM Soni*Tool makes this configuration especially versatile, letting practitioners combine instrument-assisted soft tissue work with therapeutic ultrasound in a single session. Mettler's engineering team designed the 740 to minimize service issues from the start - and when questions do arise, their team can often resolve them over the phone. If you're looking for a reliable, clinician-approved ultrasound unit that will hold up to daily use and grow with your practice, the Sonicator 740 is the clear choice.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequencies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 MHz and 3 MHz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplicator Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm2 (dual frequency)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (without battery)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.75 lbs (1.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (with battery)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 lbs (2.0 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 in (L) x 9.5 in (W) x 7 in (H) \/ 34 cm (L) x 24 cm (W) x 18 cm (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty - Unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty - Applicators\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery Option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional rechargeable lithium ion battery pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCable System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal Applicator Cable (detaches from both ends)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplicator Technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect Crystal-to-Patient (watertight, no metal interface)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManuals \u0026amp; Guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView All Documents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/740_Specifications_ac5eee44-7cd2-4f37-bea3-41c982f671cc.pdf?v=1789405076\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Sonicator 740 Spec Sheet\"\u003eSonicator 740 Spec Sheet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/740_manual_b3dc10b2-469a-4e9d-a418-7303ed43fd7f.pdf?v=1789405080\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Sonicator 740 User Manual\"\u003eSonicator 740 User Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/740_brochure_cf8dc20d-7d45-441a-a13a-431c8e414366.pdf?v=1789405085\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Sonicator 740 Product Brochure\"\u003eSonicator 740 Product Brochure\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Sonicator 740 and the 740x?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe 740 and the 740x are the same unit, but the 740 comes standard with a single 5cm2 dual-frequency applicator. The 740x comes standard with three applicators: a 1cm2 \/ 3 MHz, a 5cm2 1\/3 MHz, and a 10cm2 \/ 1 MHz applicator. Both models can accept the full range of 740-series applicators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the advantage of the Direct Crystal-to-Patient applicator?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWithout a metal interface or any other barrier between the crystal and the patient, ultrasound energy penetrates more efficiently. This means the Sonicator 740 does not have to work as hard as devices that use a metal interface, resulting in more effective treatments and less wear on the unit over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I add more applicators to the 740 later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAbsolutely. All 740-series applicators are designed to be interchangeable and can be purchased and added at any time. Note that older applicators from the 715, 716, or 730 models are not compatible with the 740.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Sonicator 740 be used for underwater therapy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. All Sonicator 740 applicators are watertight, making them fully suitable for underwater ultrasound therapy - ideal for treating hands, feet, and other areas where direct skin contact is difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the 740 be used for combination therapy with a stimulation device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. While all Mettler stimulation units work with the 740 (with the Sys*Stim 226 being the preferred pairing), you can also use any other muscle stimulation device with the correct adapter. Mettler units are designed to work seamlessly together for combination therapy sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Sonicator 740 be used internationally?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The 740 is compatible with power standards in any country. You will need a plug adapter for the destination country, but no voltage converter is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the UIASTM Soni*Tool included in this package do?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe UIASTM (Ultrasound Instrument-Assisted Soft Tissue Mobilization) Soni*Tool allows practitioners to combine instrument-assisted soft tissue mobilization techniques with therapeutic ultrasound. It attaches to the ME740 applicator and allows for targeted, hands-on treatment of soft tissue restrictions while simultaneously delivering ultrasound energy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mettler Electronics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56289494270257,"sku":"13-3445","price":1775.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/sonicator740_lg_6f8525c2-07c7-4e21-84e5-ec8caeeb1dad.jpg?v=1789405091"},{"product_id":"dynamic-stair-trainer-sense-of-balance-physical-therapy-system","title":"Dynamic Stair Trainer Sense of Balance Physical Therapy System","description":"\u003ch1\u003eDynamic Stair Trainer Sense of Balance Physical Therapy System\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Sense of Balance is a state-of-the-art physical therapy device engineered to assess and improve patient balance, coordination, and cognitive function. Combining precise pressure mapping technology with interactive training games and the internationally recognized Romberg Test, it sets a new standard in balance rehabilitation. Designed for both clinical and home healthcare environments, this advanced system gives therapists the tools they need to diagnose deficits, personalize treatment plans, and track patient progress with confidence.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nIts compact, battery-powered design makes it exceptionally portable - ideal for fast-paced rehabilitation clinics, in-room patient treatment, and home healthcare visits. Therapists can integrate the Sense of Balance seamlessly into existing workflows without sacrificing performance or precision.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure Mapping Technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Real-time mat-based pressure mapping captures A\/P force distribution, R\/L force distribution, center of pressure, and feet angle for accurate balance assessment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRomberg Test Integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes both Classic and Extended Romberg Tests - the internationally recognized standard for assessing balance deficits and fall risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInteractive Balance Training Games:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three engaging therapy games use the patient's Center of Pressure (CoP) to control in-game movements, targeting postural control, weight shifting, and cognitive function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery Powered:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully battery-operated design allows use anywhere - no outlet required, making it ideal for mobile and in-room therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact and lightweight enough for therapists to move between patients, rooms, or off-site visits with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCognitive Rehabilitation Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Games challenge brain-body connections and patient memory, combining physical and cognitive therapy in one platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgress Tracking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Detailed data analysis enables clinicians to identify balance issues, track improvements over time, and build personalized rehabilitation plans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet Stance Assessment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Performs pressure mapping in quiet stance to establish accurate baseline balance data for each patient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClinical and Home Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Versatile enough for rehabilitation clinics, outpatient facilities, and home healthcare settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSense of Balance pressure mapping mat\/system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery power system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalance training software with games and Romberg Test\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Sense of Balance is trusted by rehabilitation professionals who demand reliable, clinically validated tools for patient care. Its combination of pressure mapping, standardized balance testing, and interactive game-based therapy means therapists no longer have to choose between assessment accuracy and patient engagement. The battery-powered, portable form factor ensures it goes wherever patients need it most - from the therapy gym to the patient's bedroom. Built for the demands of daily clinical use, it delivers consistent, meaningful data that supports evidence-based treatment decisions. Whether you're managing a busy outpatient clinic or providing one-on-one home care, the Sense of Balance is the kind of investment that pays off in better outcomes, more motivated patients, and a smoother workflow.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Romberg Test and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Romberg Test is an internationally recognized clinical assessment used to evaluate a patient's ability to maintain balance while standing still. It helps clinicians identify balance deficits, assess neurological function, and determine a patient's fall risk. The Sense of Balance includes both the Classic and Extended versions of this test, giving therapists a comprehensive picture of each patient's balance status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this device be used outside of a clinical setting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Sense of Balance is designed for both clinical and home healthcare use. Its battery-powered, portable design makes it easy to bring to in-room patient treatment or home visits - no outlet or fixed setup required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do the balance training games work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe three included games use the patient's Center of Pressure (CoP) - measured in real time by the pressure mapping mat - to control on-screen movements. This approach targets postural control, weight shifting, and cognitive function simultaneously, keeping patients actively engaged in their therapy while reinforcing key rehabilitation skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat data does the pressure mapping feature provide?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe pressure mapping mat captures anterior\/posterior (A\/P) force distribution, right\/left (R\/L) force distribution, center of pressure, and feet angle. This data is analyzed in real time and used to identify balance issues, guide treatment planning, and track patient progress over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Sense of Balance easy to set up and use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - ease of use is a core design principle. The system is portable, battery-powered, and built to integrate into fast-paced clinical workflows without a steep learning curve. Therapists can get started quickly and focus on patient care rather than complicated setup procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DPE Medical","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56436713029937,"sku":"15-3575","price":8299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/SenseofBalance2_edited.avif?v=1790348150"},{"product_id":"dynamic-stair-trainer-8000-adjustable-step-height-rehab-staircase","title":"Dynamic Stair Trainer 8000 - Adjustable Step Height Rehab Staircase","description":"\u003ch1\u003eDynamic Stair Trainer 8000\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Dynamic Stair Trainer 8000 (DST8000) is a clinically proven rehabilitation device designed to help patients regain the ability to climb stairs safely and confidently. Over 15 years of use, this remarkable stair trainer has helped millions of patients worldwide return to their daily lives after injury, surgery, or mobility challenges. It is the only staircase trainer that allows therapists to adjust stair height to match a patient's current ability - then gradually increase the step height as progress is made. This incremental approach is the key factor behind the DST8000's extraordinary success in physical therapy and rehabilitation settings.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built to support a wide range of patients, the DST8000 accommodates body weights up to 300 kg (660 lbs), making it accessible to nearly any patient population. Whether used in a hospital, outpatient clinic, or rehabilitation center, the DST8000 delivers structured, repeatable stair training that builds strength, balance, and confidence with every session.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Step Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stair height can be customized to match each patient's current ability and increased progressively as rehabilitation advances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReciprocal Stair Ascension:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trains patients in the natural alternating-leg stair-climbing pattern essential for real-world independence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Weight Capacity - 300 kg (660 lbs):\u003c\/strong\u003e Accommodates a broad patient population, including bariatric patients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15+ Years of Clinical Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trusted by rehabilitation facilities worldwide with millions of patients treated successfully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorldwide Patent:\u003c\/strong\u003e The only staircase trainer of its kind, protected by international patent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncreased Patient Motivation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Visible progress through adjustable difficulty keeps patients engaged and motivated throughout their recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent Practice:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to allow patients to practice stair climbing with greater autonomy under clinical supervision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Clinical Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for hospitals, outpatient physical therapy clinics, and rehabilitation centers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDST8000 Dynamic Stair Trainer unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The DST8000 has earned its place as one of the most trusted stair rehabilitation devices in clinical practice worldwide. Its patented adjustable-step design means therapists can tailor every session to the individual patient - no guesswork, no one-size-fits-all approach. Facilities that invest in the DST8000 consistently report higher patient motivation and faster functional recovery outcomes compared to traditional stair training methods. With over 15 years of proven results and millions of patients helped, this is a device built on a foundation of real clinical evidence. The DST8000's durability and high weight capacity make it a smart long-term investment for any rehabilitation program serious about delivering results.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat types of patients is the DST8000 designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe DST8000 is designed for patients who need to relearn or regain the ability to climb stairs - including those recovering from orthopedic surgery, stroke, neurological conditions, or lower limb injuries. Its adjustable step height makes it suitable for early-stage rehabilitation through advanced recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum patient weight capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe DST8000 supports patients weighing up to 300 kg (660 lbs), making it one of the most inclusive stair training devices available for clinical use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does adjustable step height benefit rehabilitation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eBy starting at a lower step height and gradually increasing it as the patient progresses, therapists can provide a safe, structured challenge that builds strength and confidence incrementally. This progressive approach mirrors real-world stair demands and has been shown to increase patient motivation and compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the DST8000 suitable for independent patient use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - one of the key benefits of the DST8000 is that it supports independent practice. Patients can use the device with greater autonomy under general clinical supervision, freeing therapists to attend to other patients while the stair training session continues safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat settings is the DST8000 appropriate for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe DST8000 is designed for professional rehabilitation environments including hospitals, outpatient physical therapy clinics, neurological rehabilitation centers, and orthopedic recovery facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DST8000 require assembly or special installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003ePlease contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for specific delivery, assembly, and installation details. Our team will help confirm everything you need for a smooth setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this product in stock and ready to ship?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes — we keep inventory on hand and ship promptly after your order is placed. If you have questions about lead time for your specific order, feel free to contact us before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is your return policy?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWe want you to be completely satisfied. If you receive a product that is damaged or not as described, contact us within 30 days and we will make it right. Please review our full returns policy for details on eligible items and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo you offer any warranty on this product?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWarranty coverage varies by manufacturer. Please refer to the product description above or contact us and we will confirm the warranty terms that apply to your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"video-wrapper\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Cd57kKfCj98?autoplay=0\u0026amp;mute=0\u0026amp;controls=1\u0026amp;loop=1\u0026amp;origin=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.dpemed.com\u0026amp;playsinline=1\u0026amp;playlist=Cd57kKfCj98\u0026amp;enablejsapi=1\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"DPE Medical","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56437758001457,"sku":"15-3570","price":17450.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/DST80001.jpg?v=1790176050"}],"url":"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/collections\/physical-therapy.oembed","provider":"Omaha Sports \u0026 Games","version":"1.0","type":"link"}